iso4217:USDiso4217:USDxbrli:sharesiso4217:NOKxbrli:shares54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-01-012025-12-3154930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-01-012024-12-3154930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-12-3154930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-12-3154930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712023-12-3154930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember54930050TPKOLSE1ZZ712023-01-012023-12-31
Wilhelmsen_Logo_RGB.svg
Annual report
2025
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20252
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Content
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Corporate governance report
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20253
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Key figures
– consolidated accounts
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
INCOME STATEMENT
Total income
USD mill
1 231
1 138
1 029
958
874
Operating profit before amortisation and impairment (EBITDA)
USD mill
180
159
147
153
141
Operating profit
USD mill
106
85
88
83
73
Profit before tax
USD mill
719
538
515
440
66
Net profit
USD mill
671
518
487
427
53
Net profit after non-controlling interests
USD mill
652
498
466
400
72
BALANCE SHEET
Non-current assets
USD mill
3 400
2 994
2 924
2 735
2 702
Current assets
USD mill
1 011
764
811
730
746
Total assets
USD mill
4 411
3 758
3 735
3 465
3 448
Equity
USD mill
3 275
2 695
2 488
2 192
2 230
Interest-bearing debt
USD mill
427
434
608
654
642
KEY FINANCIAL FIGURES
Cash flow from operation (1)
USD mill
217
133
194
64
122
Liquid funds at 31 December (2)
USD mill
472
276
349
267
366
Liquidity ratio (3)
1.4
1.2
1.3
1.1
0.9
Equity ratio (4)
%
74%
72%
67%
63%
65%
YIELD
Return on equity (5)
%
22%
20%
21%
20%
4%
KEY FIGURES PER SHARE
Earnings per share (6)
USD
15.52
11.47
10.52
8.98
1.63
Operating profit before amortisation and impairment (EBITDA) per share (7)
USD
4.29
3.65
3.33
3.42
3.16
Average number of shares outstanding
Thousand
42 034
43 429
44 283
44 580
44 580
Dividend per share paid during the year
NOK
20.00
18.00
10.00
7.00
8.00
Total income (USD mill)
Operating profit (USD mill)
Net profit (USD mill)
Net profit after NCI (USD mill)
1649267441665
1649267441701
1649267441723
1649267441741
1649267441763
Definitions
(1) Net cash flow from operating activities.
(2) Cash, bank deposits and current financial investments.
(3) Current assets divided by current liabilities.
(4) Equity in percent of total assets.
(5) Profit after tax divided by average equity.
(6) Profit for the period after non-controlling interests, divided by
average number of shares. Earnings per share taking into
consideration the number of shares reduced for own shares.
(7) Operating profit for the period adjusted for depreciation and
impairments of assets, divided by average number of shares
outstanding.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20254
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Wilhelmsen in brief
– the Wilhelmsen vision is to shape the maritime industry
Founded in Norway in 1861, Wilhelmsen is a comprehensive global maritime group. Committed to shaping
the maritime industry, through our market-leading products, services, and support, the group also seeks
to build industrial positions providing exposure to energy markets, energy transition, and digitalisation
opportunities. Wilhelmsen takes innovation, sustainability, and unparalleled customer experiences one
step further.
Maritime Services
New Energy
Strategic Holdings and Investments
The ambition is to be the leading provider
of products and services for the global
merchant fleet – driving sustainable
transformation of the industry.
The ambition is to build and drive industrial
positions within the maritime energy value
chain and energy transition.
The ambition is to achieve capital growth
through the group’s global footprint, legacy
holdings, and leading industrial partnerships.
Share of total income 2025
Share of total income 2025
Share of total income 2025
Share of net profit 2025
Share of net profit 2025
Share of net profit 2025
Share of total assets 31.12.2025
Share of total assets 31.12.2025
Share of total assets 31.12.2025
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS
Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Wilhelmsen Port Services
Wilhelmsen Ship Management
Wilhelmsen Chemicals
Wilhelmsen Insurance Services
Wilhelmsen Global Business Services
Wilhelmsen New Energy AS
NorSea Group (owned 99.4%)
Edda Wind (owned 37.8%)
Reach Subsea ASA (owned 29.6%)
RaaLabs (owned 74.25%)
Massterly (owned 50%)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (parent
company)
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA (owned 37.9%)
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. (owned 11.0%)
Financial investments
Pie charts: Share of total income, share of net profit after non-controlling interests, and share of total assets may not equal 100% due to group
eliminations.
Tables: Direct or indirect ownership in brackets when not fully owned.
Strategic sustainability topics
Strategic topics
Strategic ambition
Climate change and decarbonisation
Support the maritime industry’s decarbonisation and energy infrastructure
transformation.
Health and safety
Have an engaging and safe workplace with no harm to people.
Equality, diversity, and inclusion
Have a culture where each employee is valued for their contribution.
Supply chain management
Work with responsible supply chain partners.
Compliance
Be a responsible, trusted, and compliant value chain partner.
1649267441677
1649267441714
1649267441732
1649267441801
1649267441835
1649267441857
1649267441883
1649267441905
1649267441927
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20255
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
CEO letter
Resilience and discipline in a year of uncertainty
2025 brought continued pressure on global trade. Geopolitical instability and competition,
protectionism and multiple forms of conflict disrupted supply chains and increased risk.
Once again, the maritime industry demonstrated resilience and Wilhelmsen upheld its role
in keeping global commerce moving.
It was also a year of contrasts; good overall performance for the group alongside external
volatility and challenges in parts of our portfolio. With more than 160 years behind us, we
know that resilience and performance over time come from maintaining a long-term
perspective, disciplined execution, and staying true to our values.
Thomas_Wilhelmsen_v2_2026_1600pxl.jpg
Group CEO, Thomas Wilhelmsen
Staying on course through volatility
This year reaffirmed the strength of our
diversified portfolio. We advanced key capital
allocation decisions, including the delisting of
Treasure and Edda Wind, as well as increasing
our ownership in Reach Subsea. In Maritime
Services, targeted debt reduction and continued
balance sheet discipline contributed
meaningfully to the group’s strengthened
financial position. Total shareholder return for
2025 was 49%, which reflects both solid
operations and disciplined stewardship.
Across the group, we sharpened competitiveness
through cost and productivity initiatives.
Maritime Services delivered reliability
throughout a year marked by frequent rerouting
and supply‑chain disruptions, supported by
steady execution and simplification efforts. The
New Energy segment delivered strong results,
especially NorSea Group, while continuing to
invest in the energy transition. And despite
volatility, key strategic investments in our
Strategic Holdings and Investments segment
performed well. This again shows our portfolio’s
overall ability to perform through cycles and
volatility. We remain mindful of our underlying
exposure to USD fluctuations and continue to
manage this with the same disciplined approach
that also underpins our broader financial
strategy.
Responsible value creation and steering through
regulatory uncertainty
Regulatory momentum increased in 2025 and
customers turned to us for clarity and support.
We invested in compliance enabling services,
including expanding access to compliance
marketplaces through businesses such as Hecla,
as well as deploying service vessels to support
new offshore wind and environmental
requirements. These efforts build on earlier
achievements, including our 32% reduction in
scope 1 and 2 emissions since 2022 and
strengthened ESG screening across our supply
chain. We welcome reduced regulatory
complexity as it has enabled targeted efforts, as
well as more predictability in an increasingly
complex global environment.
Our people, our values
Throughout the year, our colleagues have shown
professionalism, courage, and dedication.
Elevated risk levels and operational uncertainty
demanded more from everyone and our values
have served as our guide. Governance and
integrity remain essential and enabled us to make
the right decisions, safeguard our people, and
protect long‑term trust with our customers and
partners, ensuring that we continue to achieve
the right results in the right way.
Looking ahead
As we enter 2026, the world remains marked by
geopolitical tension, economic uncertainty, and
environmental challenges. The recent escalation
in the Middle East is a reminder of how quickly
regional instability can affect global trade and the
safety of people working in our industry. While
we cannot predict the path forward, we can
prepare for it by maintaining clear priorities. We
will ensure the safety and security of colleagues
globally, invest with discipline and support our
customers with compliance and reliability. We
will accelerate innovation and apply AI and
technology where it can advance our operations
and help us serve customers with greater
precision and efficiency. Through all conditions,
we will stay true to our long‑term approach to
value creation.
In the face of future challenges, Wilhelmsen
remains uniquely positioned, diversified, globally
connected, and anchored in strong values.
Together, we will continue to shape the maritime
industry and navigate the opportunities ahead.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20256
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Business and performance
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20257
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Business and performance
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
2023_01_20_Wilhelmsen_75A8062 cropped 1570x2400.jpg
Highlights for 2025
Delivered 49% total shareholder return.
Increased total income and EBITDA.
All time high net profit in Wallenius
Wilhelmsen ASA.
Acquired remaining outstanding shares and
delisted Treasure ASA.
Took Edda Wind ASA private together with
two other majority shareholders.
Exercised warrants in Reach Subsea ASA.
Implemented efficiency initiatives in Maritime
Services and New Energy.
Main development and strategic direction
The Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group (Wilhelmsen
or group) is an industrial holding company within
the maritime industry. Wilhelmsen’s activities are
carried out through fully and partly owned entities,
most of which are among the market leaders within
their segments. Wilhelmsen’s ambition is to develop
companies within maritime services, shipping,
logistics, and related infrastructure through active
ownership. The group also seeks to develop and
build industrial positions providing exposure to
energy markets, energy transition, decarbonisation
and digitalisation opportunities.
The Wilhelmsen vision is to shape the maritime
industry. In 2025, Wilhelmsen acquired the
remaining outstanding shares in Treasure ASA and
delisted the company. The group also increased its
shareholding in Edda Wind ASA, and took the
company private together with partners, and
exercised its warrants in Reach Subsea ASA. In
addition, performance improvement initiatives
were implemented across Maritime Services to
further strengthen competitiveness. Wilhelmsen
continued to deliver solid return to its shareholders
through a 31% increase in net profit and an 49%
total shareholder return for the year.
Geopolitical tension, and ongoing wars and
conflicts, continued throughout 2025. The
introduction of increased US tariffs and port fees
affected certain portfolio segments, while the
security situation in the Red Sea and other areas
continued to directly impact the maritime industry.
In this business environment, Wilhelmsen’s
operating companies continued to perform and
develop, while taking all necessary measures to
protect the safety of employees and other
stakeholders. The board would once again like to
thank all employees for their efforts and
contributions, ensuring that Wilhelmsen could
continue shaping the maritime industry.
The Wilhelmsen group is organised around three
business segments:
• Maritime Services
• New Energy
• Strategic Holdings and Investments
In 2025, all three business segments continued to
develop positively.
Maritime Services provides essential products and
services to the global merchant fleet, focusing on
the three business units Wilhelmsen Ships Service,
Wilhelmsen Port Services, and Wilhelmsen Ship
Management.
In 2025, Maritime Services implemented
performance improvement initiatives to strengthen
competitiveness and mitigate margin pressure
related to a weakened US dollar. In addition, cash
flow was used to partially repay external debt,
further strengthening the balance sheet. Total
income and EBITDA for Maritime Services
increased for the year.
New Energy leverages Wilhelmsen’s existing
infrastructure and expertise to build and drive
industrial positions within the maritime energy
value chain and the energy transition.
Wilhelmsen increased the shareholding in Edda
Wind ASA to 37.8% and took the company private
together with the two other major shareholders.
Wilhelmsen also increased its shareholding in
Reach Subsea ASA to 29.6% by exercising warrants.
Total income and EBITDA for New Energy were up
for the year.
The two main assets of the Strategic Holdings and
Investments segment are the shareholding in
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and the shareholding in
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. (the latter previously
owned through Treasure ASA).
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA sustained it’s positive
performance, achieving another all-time high net
profit in a challenging market environment, with
increased US tariffs and port fees, some of which
were later temporarily suspended, combined with
continued strong growth in the global car carrier
fleet. Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA continued to
improve long-term contract coverage and to
strengthen its balance sheet while distributing solid
dividends to its shareholders.
Wilhelmsen acquired the remaining outstanding
shares in Treasure ASA in 2025, increasing its
ownership from 84.2% to 100%, for a total
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20258
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
consideration of USD 127 million. Treasure ASA was
subsequently delisted from Euronext Oslo Børs on
15 December 2025.
The Wilhelmsen equity base remains strong. In
2025, total equity was up 22% to USD 3.3 billion and
the equity ratio, based on book values, increased to
74% by year end.
The group had cash and cash equivalents of USD
214 million by year end, with an additional USD 257
million in current financial assets and USD 129
million in financial non-current investments to fair
value. The main loan facilities in Maritime Services
and New Energy were refinanced in 2022 for a
period of five years.
Wilhelmsen’s goal is to provide shareholders with a
high return over time through a combination of
increasing value of the company’s shares and
payment of dividend, including share buybacks. To
support the alignment of senior executives’ and
shareholders’ long-term interests, the main
components of the long-term incentive scheme for
senior executives are total shareholder return and a
positive change in an internal value index. To
further strengthen alignment with shareholders,
senior executive are required and board members
are encouraged, to use part of their remuneration to
buy shares in Wilhelmsen.
The Wilhelmsen share price developed positively in
2025, outperforming the general equity market and
marking seven consecutive years with positive
shareholder return. In 2025, total weighted return in
NOK including share price development and paid
dividend reinvested at spot price was 49.4%, based
on a total return of 51.0% for the WWI share and a
total return of 43.9% for the WWIB share.
Wilhelmsen’s objective is to provide shareholders
with a consistent annual dividend, paid twice
The board of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
yearly, targeting a long-term dividend yield of 3–
5%. In 2025, a first dividend of NOK 12.00 per share
was paid in May, and a second dividend of NOK
Carl E. Steen (chair)
Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen
Morten Borge
Ulrika Laurin
Thomas F. Borgen
Carl_Erik_Steen_2026.jpg
8.00 per share was paid in November. For 2026, the
board is proposing a dividend of NOK 20.00 per
share payable in the second quarter, and that the
Annual General Meeting authorises the board to
distribute additional dividend of up to NOK 8.50
per share.
Wilhelmsen uses share buybacks as one of its
financial tools. In 2025, Wilhelmsen bought 945 946
own shares representing 2.2% of shares
outstanding. During the year, 10 608 own shares
were sold as part of the annual employee share
programme. Following a share capital reduction
through the cancellation of 2 230 000 shares,
Wilhelmsen held 394 150 own shares at year-end.
The board believes sound corporate governance is
Ulrika_Laurin_2026.jpg
the foundation for profitable growth and a healthy
company culture. Good governance contributes to
reduced risk and creates value over time for
shareholders and other stakeholders.
The board is committed to a sustainable strategy,
which is a prerequisite for Wilhelmsen to be a
profitable and responsible player in both the
maritime industry and society. In 2025, ESG
regulations, greenhouse gas emissions, human
rights, ethics and anti-corruption, health and safety,
equality, diversity and inclusion, supply chain
management, cyber security, decarbonisation, and
growth in new arenas, received particular attention.
In 2026, Wilhelmsen will continue to develop the
group to the benefit of customers, shareholders,
employees, and the wider society, building on a
more than 160-year history of shaping the
maritime industry.
The Board of Directors
Rebekka_Glasser_Herlofsen_2026.jpg
Morten_Borge_2026.jpg
Thomas_Borgen_2026.jpg
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 20259
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Financial results
Group income statement
USD million
2025
2024
Total income
1 231
1 138
of which operating revenue
1 234
1 136
of which other income
(3)
2
EBITDA
180
159
Operating profit/EBIT
106
85
Share of profit from JVs and associates
571
472
Financial items
43
(19)
of which change in fair value financial assets
8
27
of which other financial income/(expenses)
34
(46)
Profit before tax/EBT
719
538
Tax income/(expense)
(48)
(20)
Profit for the period
671
518
Profit to equity holders of the company
652
498
EPS (USD)
15.52
11.47
Other comprehensive income
169
(213)
Total comprehensive income
840
305
Total comprehensive income to equity holders
of the company
820
300
Total income for Wilhelmsen was USD 1 231 million
in 2025, up 8% from 2024. Income increased for
both Maritime Services and New Energy.
EBITDA came in at USD 180 million for the year, up
14%. EBITDA was higher for both Maritime Services
and New Energy.
EBIT increased year-on-year, mainly due to
impairment losses in Maritime Services impacting
the 2024 results negatively.
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates
was USD 571 million for the year, up 21% from USD
472 million one year earlier. The improvement was
mainly due to an increase in net profit in Wallenius
Wilhelmsen ASA and Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.
The change in fair value financial assets was
positive with USD 8 million, down from USD 27
million in 2024, which included a fair value gain
related to the warrants in Reach Subsea ASA.
Other financials were a net income of USD 34
million, including USD 42 million gain on financial
currency hedging derivatives and higher income
from investment management.
Tax was an expense of USD 48 million, mainly
related to Maritime Services.
Net profit to equity holders of the company was
USD 652 million in 2025, equal to USD 15.52
earnings per share (EPS). This was up from USD 498
million in 2024.
Other comprehensive income was positive with
USD 169 million, mainly from currency translation
differences related to non-USD entities. Total
comprehensive income to equity holders of the
company was USD 820 million for the year.
Group balance sheet
Total assets and equity (USD million)
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Maritime Services
1 040
923
New Energy
1 028
745
Strategic Holdings and Investments
2 499
2 206
Elimination
(156)
(116)
Total assets
4 411
3 758
Shareholders' equity
3 262
2 580
Total equity
3 275
2 695
Equity ratio
74%
72%
Total assets were USD 4 411 million by the end of
2025, up 17% for the year. Total equity increased
with 22% to USD 3 275 million, lifting the equity
ratio to 74%.
Group cash flow, liquidity, and debt
Cash flow (USD million)
2025
2024
Cash and cash equivalents 1.1.
155
224
From operating activities
217
133
of which Maritime Services
112
76
of which New Energy
96
82
of which other operating activities
10
(25)
From investing activities
166
217
of which dividend from JVs and associates
411
311
of which other investing activities
(245)
(94)
From financing activities
(348)
(382)
of which dividend and buybacks parent
(117)
(121)
of which net debt repayment (excl. leasing)
(54)
(165)
of which other financing activities
(177)
(96)
Net cash flow
35
(32)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
24
(37)
Cash and cash equivalents 31.12
214
155
The group had cash and cash equivalents of USD
214 million by the end 2025, up from USD 155
million by the end of 2024.
Cash flow from operating activities was USD 217
million in 2025. This is up from USD 133 million in
2024 due to higher cash flow from Maritime
Services, New Energy and other operating activities.
Cash flow from investing activities was USD 166
million in 2025, lifted by USD 411 million in
dividend from joint ventures and associates.
Investments in fixed assets were USD 75 million,
investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and
associates was USD 53 million, and the remaining
cash outflow was related to net financial
investments, mainly in short term liquidity funds.
Cash flow from financing activities was negative
with USD 348 million in 2025. This included USD 117
million in dividend and share buyback in the parent
company, USD 127 million related to the acquisition
of remaining outstanding shares in Treasure ASA,
and USD 54 million in net debt repayment.
Liquid assets (USD million)
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Cash and cash equivalents
214
155
of which Maritime Services
160
115
of which New Energy
34
(48)
of which Strategic Holdings and
Investments
47
88
Current financial investments
257
121
Non-current financial investments
129
105
of which Maritime Services
17
14
of which New Energy
3
5
of which Strategic Holdings and
Investments
109
86
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202510
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
By the end of 2025, Wilhelmsen had liquid financial
assets of USD 601 million. In addition to cash and
cash equivalents, this included current financial
investments and non-current financial investments.
The parent company carries out active financial
asset management of part of the group’s liquidity.
The current financial investment portfolio includes
listed equities and investment grade bonds. The
value of the portfolio amounted to USD 257 million
at the end of 2025.
The group’s investments classified as non-current
financial investments had a combined value of USD
129 million by end of year. The largest investment
was the 1.4% shareholding in Qube Holdings
Limited, valued at USD 80 million, up from 61
million in 2024.
Interest bearing debt (including lease
liabilities) (USD million)
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Maritime Services
172
207
New Energy
363
307
Strategic Holdings and Investments
47
35
Elimination
(155)
(115)
Total
427
434
The group companies fund their investments and
operations on a standalone basis, with no recourse
to the parent company. The primary funding source
is the commercial bank loan market. The group also
provides inter-company funding mainly on a short-
term basis to reduce net financial expenses.
By the end of 2025, the group’s total interest-
bearing debt including lease liabilities was USD 427
million, reduced from USD 434 million at the end of
2024.
Going concern assumption
Pursuant to section 3-3a and section 4-5 of the
Norwegian Accounting Act, it is confirmed that
annual accounts have been prepared under the
assumption that the enterprise is a going concern
and that the conditions for this are present.
Maritime Services
This includes Ships Service, Port Services, Ship
Management, and other business units and activities
reported under the Maritime Services segment.
Maritime Services (USD million)
2025
2024
Total income
869
831
of which Ships Service
535
507
of which Port Services
170
160
of which Ship Management
162
149
of which other/eliminations
7
14
EBITDA
112
109
EBITDA margin (%)
13%
13%
Operating profit/EBIT
77
70
EBIT margin (%)
9%
8%
Share of profit from JVs and associates
2
3
Financial items
26
(37)
Tax income/(expense)
(37)
(12)
Profit/(loss) for the period
68
23
Profit margin (%)
8%
3%
Profit to equity holders of the company
66
22
Profit to non-controlling interests
2
1
Maritime Services
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS
Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Wilhelmsen Port Services
Wilhelmsen Ship Management
Wilhelmsen Chemicals
Wilhelmsen Insurance Services
Wilhelmsen Global Business Services
Total income for Maritime Services was USD 869
million in 2025, up 5% from 2024. Income was up
for all main business units.
EBITDA for the year was USD 112 million, up 3%
from the previous year. The increase was driven by
higher total income, partly offset by accruals related
to performance improvement projects and the
impact of a weaker USD. The Maritime Services’
EBITDA margin was 13% in 2025, unchanged from
last year.
EBIT was up 10%, mainly due to higher impairment
losses in 2024.
Share of profit from associates was USD 2 million,
down from USD 3 million.
Financial income for Maritime Services amounted
to USD 26 million, mainly related to gain on
currency hedges.
Tax was an expense of USD 37 million.
Profit to equity holders of the company was USD 66
million in 2025, up from USD 22 million the
previous year.
Ships Service
Wilhelmsen Ships Service offers a portfolio of
maritime solutions to the merchant fleet.
Total income from Ships Service was USD 535
million in 2025, up 5% from the previous year.
Income was driven by a combination of price
increases and higher volumes across the largest
product categories, particularly refrigerants, gas &
cylinders, and cleaning equipment.
Port Services
Wilhelmsen Port Services provides full agency,
husbandry, and protective agency services to the
merchant fleet.
Total income from Port Services was 170 million in
2025, up 6%. The increase was supported by strong
cruise activity, husbandry and cargo operations.
Ship Management
Wilhelmsen Ship Management provides full
technical management, crewing, and related services
for all major vessel types.
Total income for Ship Management was USD 162
million in 2025, up 9% from 2024. Increase was
mainly due 2025 being the first full year with
income from Zeaborn.
Other business units and activities
This includes Wilhelmsen Chemicals, Wilhelmsen
Insurance Services, Global Business Services, and
certain other activities reported under the Maritime
Services segment.
Total income was up for Global Business Services,
and in line with last year for Wilhelmsen Insurance
Services and Wilhelmsen Chemicals. Income is
partly generated from inter-company services and
product sales to other Maritime Services entities
which is eliminated in the segment accounts.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202511
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
New Energy
This includes NorSea, Edda Wind, Reach Subsea ASA
and other business units and activities reported
under the New Energy segment.
New Energy (USD million)
2025
2024
Total income
358
303
of which NorSea (Energy Infrastructure)
354
299
of which other activities/eliminations
4
4
EBITDA
79
59
EBITDA margin (%)
22%
19%
Operating profit/EBIT
44
28
EBIT margin (%)
12%
9%
Share of profit from JVs and associates
27
7
of which NorSea (Energy Infrastructure)
8
7
of which other activities/eliminations
19
Financial items
(23)
(6)
Tax income/(expense)
(4)
(2)
Profit/(loss) for the period
44
26
Profit margin (%)
12%
9%
Profit to equity holders of the company
44
26
Profit to non-controlling interests
1
1
New Energy
Wilhelmsen New Energy AS
NorSea Group (99.4%)
Edda Wind (37.8%)
Reach Subsea ASA (29.6%)
RaaLabs (74.25%)
Massterly (50%)
Total income for New Energy was USD 358 million
in 2025, up 18%. The increase was driven by higher
income in NorSea as a result of strong activity
across most of the Norwegian offshore bases.
EBITDA came in at USD 79 million, up 34%.
EBITDA was lifted by a combination of higher
income and improved operating margin in NorSea.
Share of profit from associates was USD 27 million,
up from USD 7 million, which includes share of
gains from vessel sales in Edda Wind during the
year.
Financial items were an expense of USD 23 million
and tax expense amounted to USD 4 million.
Profit to equity holders of the company was USD 44
million in 2025, up from USD 26 million the
previous year.
NorSea Group
NorSea provides supply bases and integrated
logistics solutions to the offshore industry.
Wilhelmsen owns 99.4% of NorSea.
Total income for NorSea was USD 354 million in
2025, up 19% from 2024. Income was lifted by
increased logistics and property activities at
Norwegian offshore bases.
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates in
NorSea was USD 8 million in 2025.
Other business units and activities
This includes Edda Wind (owned 37.8%), Reach
Subsea ASA (owned 29.6%), Raa Labs AS (74.25%),
Massterly AS (owned 50%), and certain other
activities reported under the New Energy segment.
Total income from other New Energy activities
stood at USD 4 million in 2025, the same as last
year.
Share of profit from other activities amounted to
USD 19 million, up from nil in 2024, and was driven
by increased contributions from several of the joint
ventures and associates, with Edda Wind
additionally supported by gains from vessel sales
during the year.
In 2025, Wilhelmsen and two co-owners made an
unconditional mandatory cash offer for all the
shares in Edda Wind ASA. Following completion of
the transaction, Wilhelmsen owns 37.8% of Edda
Wind. The company was delisted from Euronext
Oslo Børs in August.
Strategic Holdings and Investments
This includes the strategic holdings in Wallenius
Wilhelmsen ASA and Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd., other
financial and non-financial investments, and other
business units and activities reported under the
Strategic Holdings and Investments segment.
Strategic Holdings and Investments (USD
million)
2025
2024
Total income
15
16
of which operating revenue
15
16
of which other gain/(loss)
EBITDA
(10)
(8)
Operating profit/EBIT
(15)
(13)
Share of profit from JVs and associates
541
462
of which Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
406
372
of which Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.
135
90
of which other/eliminations
Change in fair value financial assets
14
10
Other financial income/(expenses)
33
26
of which investments management
22
10
of which financial income from group
companies
11
17
of which other financial income/(expenses)
(1)
(1)
Tax income/(expense)
(9)
(8)
Profit/(loss) for the period
564
478
Profit to equity holders of the company
548
460
Profit to non-controlling interests
16
18
Total income for the Strategic Holdings and
Investments segment was USD 15 million in 2025,
while EBITDA came in at a loss of USD 10 million.
Both total income and EBITDA were in line with the
previous year.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202512
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Share of profit from associates was USD 541 million,
up 17%. The increase was mainly due to higher
profit in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and Hyundai
Glovis Co., Ltd.
Change in fair value financial assets was positive
with USD 14 million, mainly related to an increase
in the value of Qube, while other financial items
were a net income of USD 33 million. This included
USD 11 million in financial income from group
companies which is eliminated in the group results.
Tax was an expense of USD 9 million.
Profit to equity holders of the company was USD
548 million for the year, up from USD 460 million in
2024.
Strategic Holdings and Investments
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (parent
company)
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA (37.9%)
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. (11.0%,)
Financial investments
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA is a market leader in
RoRo shipping and vehicle logistics and is listed on
Oslo Børs. Wilhelmsen owns 37.9% of the company,
which is reported as associate.
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA had total revenue of
USD 5 240 million in 2025, a decrease of 1%.
Revenue was up for shipping services, but down for
logistics services and governmental services.
EBITDA ended at USD 1 801 million, down 4%.
Wilhelmsen’s share of profit from Wallenius
Wilhelmsen ASA was USD 406 million in 2025, up
from USD 372 million in 2024.
The book value of the 37.9% shareholding in
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA was USD 1 096 million
at the end of 2025. This is up from USD 1 077 million
one year earlier.
The Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA share price
measured in NOK was up 5.6% in 2025, closing at
NOK 100.50. At 31 December 2025, the market value
of Wilhelmsen’s investment was USD 1 604 million.
In 2025, Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA paid total
dividend of USD 2.11 per share. Total cash proceeds
to Wilhelmsen were USD 375 million.
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.
Wilhelmsen holds a 11.0% ownership interest in
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. (Hyundai Glovis), which
was previously held through Treasure ASA.
Hyundai Glovis is reported as an associate.
Wilhelmsen acquired the remaining outstanding
shares in Treasure ASA in 2025, increasing its
shareholding from 84.2% to 100% for a
consideration of USD 127 million, and delisted the
company from Euronext Oslo Børs.
Share of profit from Hyundai Glovis was included
with USD 135 million in 2025, up from USD 90
million in 2024.
The book value of the 11.0% shareholding in
Hyundai Glovis was USD 807 million at the end of
the year. As of 31 December 2025, the market value
of Wilhelmsen’s investment was USD 1 033 million.
In 2025, Hyundai Glovis paid total dividend of USD
21 million. Total cash proceeds to Wilhelmsen were
USD 18 million.
Financial investments
Financial investments include cash and cash
equivalents, current financial investments and other
financial assets held by the parent and fully owned
subsidiaries.
Net income from investment management was USD
14 million in 2025. The value of the current financial
investment portfolio held by the holding company
was USD 257 million by the end of the year, up from
USD 121 million one year earlier. The portfolio
primarily included listed equities, investment-
grade bonds and short term liquidity funds.
Change in fair value of non-current financial assets
was a gain of USD 14 million in 2025, mainly related
to increase in value of Qube. The total value of non-
current financial assets was USD 109 million at the
end of the year. The largest investment was the 25
million shares held in Qube Holdings Limited with
a market value of USD 80 million.
Other business units and activities
Holding company activities and certain other
activities reported under the Strategic Holdings and
Investments segment.
Operating revenue for holding company activities
was USD 15 million for the year, in line with the
previous year. Most income is related to intra group
services.
Risk review
The Wilhelmsen group consists of a diversified
portfolio of operating companies and strategic
holdings and investments. Most activities are
within or related to the maritime industry, where
Wilhelmsen has significant competence and a long-
standing track record in managing risks.
Risk management
The group is committed to sound risk management,
related to its businesses and operations. To
accomplish this, the governing concept of conscious
strategy and controllable procedures for risk
mitigation ultimately provides a positive impact on
profitability. Governing boards, management, and
employees monitor the operating environment,
implement measures to mitigate risks, and are
prepared to respond to unusual events, threats or
incidents, to mitigate consequences. The group has
put in place a risk monitoring process based on the
identification of risks for each business unit and a
group risk matrix, which is presented to the board
on a quarterly basis for review and the necessary
actions are taken.
Main risks
An overview of main risks and mitigation efforts
defined in the group risk matrix are outlined in the
table below. Compared with the risk picture seen
one year ago, risk related to geopolitical issues have
remained elevated while risk related to dividend
capacity, external financing and energy transition
has reduced.
The group’s exposure to, and mitigation of, certain
financial risk is further described in note 18 to the
2025 group accounts.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202513
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Short term risk
Risk type
Risk
Mitigation action
Macro
Geopolitical volatility
Strong balance sheet, balanced and liquid portfolio.
Macro
Global economic volatility
Strong balance sheet, balanced and liquid portfolio.
Financial
Lower oil and gas prices
NorSea group diversification strategy.
Financial
Negative currency development
FX hedging programme.
Financial
Weaker ro-ro and logistics sector developments
Strong balance sheet, balanced and liquid portfolio.
Governance
Cyber security
Strong governance system and mandatory cyber security training.
Long term risk
Risk type
Risk
Mitigation action
Governance
Failure to comply with regulations
Strong governance system, monitoring of regulatory developments, and insurance coverage of high risk.
Strategic
Risk of technological developments
Digital competence and active monitoring of, and investment in, early-stage eco-system.
Governance
Climate risk and uncertain future for ESG agenda/efforts
Emissions reporting, climate transition plan and exploration of energy transition opportunities.
Governance
Lack of relevant competence and culture
Be an attractive employer and invest in competence and skills.
Macro
Sustained market volatility and new world order
Balanced and diversified portfolio, strong balance sheet and flexibility in strategy implementation.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202514
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Corporate governance
Wilhelmsen is a public limited liability company
organised under Norwegian law and with a
governance structure based on Norwegian
corporate law and other regulatory requirements.
Wilhelmsen’s corporate governance model is
designed to ensure a healthy company culture,
manage risk, and create long-term value for
shareholders and other stakeholders. Wilhelmsen
adheres to the Norwegian Code of Practice for
Corporate Governance. The Corporate governance
report is included as a separate section in the 2025
Annual report. The Corporate governance report
includes an overview of directors and officers
liability insurance. It is the board’s view that
Wilhelmsen has an appropriate governance
structure and that it is managed in a satisfactory
way. The Corporate governance report is to be
considered by the Annual General Meeting on 30
April 2026.
Allocation of profit, dividend, and share buybacks
The board’s proposal for allocation of the net profit
for the year 2025 is as follows:
Parent company accounts
(NOK thousand)
Profit for the year
4 291 633
To equity
3 124 202
Proposed dividend
839 117
Interim dividend paid
328 314
Total allocations
4 291 633
The board is proposing a NOK 20.00 dividend per
share payable during the second quarter of 2026,
representing a total payment of NOK 839 million.
The board also proposes that the Annual General
Meeting authorises the board to distribute
additional dividend of up to NOK 8.50 per share.
The board is granted an authorisation to acquire
own shares of up to 10% of the share capital. The
authorisation is valid until the Annual General
Meeting in 2026, but no longer than until 30 June
2026. The board will propose a renewed authority to
acquire shares in the company at the 2026 Annual
General Meeting. The company presently owns
394 150 own shares split on 229 841 class A shares
and 164 309 class B shares.
Outlook
Group business drivers and strategic focus
Wilhelmsen is an industrial holding company
within the maritime industry. The group’s activities
are carried out through fully and partly owned
entities, most of which are among the market
leaders within their segments.
Wilhelmsen’s vision is “shaping the maritime
industry”.
The group’s strategic direction remains firm.
Wilhelmsen will continue to create value through
leveraging its strong positions in the maritime
industry to seek growth.
The group’s focus is on maritime services,
shipping, infrastructure, logistics and
sustainable products and solutions.
Wilhelmsen will create profitable and sustainable
operations through active ownership and strong
governance.
The group will leverage its customer
relationships, people and expertise, and the
world’s largest maritime network.
Outlook for Maritime Services
Maritime Services delivers value creating solutions
to the global merchant fleet, focusing on Ships
Service, Port Services, and Ship Management.
Short term, a volatile global trade environment is
expected to have an impact on global shipping. The
indirect impact on the Maritime Services’ operation
from fluctuating shipping markets has historically
been relatively limited. The segment is sensitive to
currency movements and the effects of this may
increase in periods with volatility. The impact to
Maritime Services following the escalation in the
Middle East beginning of 2026 is uncertain. The
group has operations in the area, but the overall
consequences will depend on the duration and scale
of the conflict, as well as the marine traffic level
through the Hormuz Strait and activity level in the
Persian Gulf. Maritime Services is expected to
maintain stable activity into 2026, but the high level
of uncertainty will require continued close
monitoring.
Looking further ahead, we believe that the Maritime
Services’ market will continue to grow, supported
by a growing world economy. With global networks,
strong brands built over many years, and a long
history of innovation and market adaptation,
Wilhelmsen is in a good position to service this
market.
Outlook for New Energy
The New Energy segment focuses on developing
and strengthening industrial positions within the
maritime energy value chain and the energy
transition. With segment companies representing
energy infrastructure, offshore wind, technology
and decarbonisation, Wilhelmsen is driving value
creation by bringing together their unique
competencies.
Supply constraints and geopolitical risk continue to
impact the European energy market, supporting
continued solid activity for New Energy operations
into 2026. Longer term, the economic uncertainty
and changing energy market dynamics may impact
activity levels in the segments and areas serviced by
the group companies.
Ongoing climate measures and focus on energy mix,
energy security and energy addition, continue to
support a gradual transition from offshore oil and
gas to renewable energy and the decarbonisation of
the global fleet. With a broad range of operations,
infrastructure, and initiatives across offshore and
other maritime activities, Wilhelmsen is well
positioned to capitalise on these shifts in energy
and technology.
Outlook for Strategic Holdings and Investments
Wilhelmsen holds large strategic shareholdings in
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and in Hyundai Glovis
Co., Ltd. These shareholdings enable the group to
continue providing and developing world leading
logistics services to the global automotive and RoRo
industries.
The Strategic Holdings and Investments segment
has delivered solid results in 2025 and it’s
contribution is expected to remain strong into 2026.
The increased tariffs and temporarily suspended
port fees, combined with widening global trade
imbalances and continued strong car carrier fleet
growth, create a more challenging environment for
the segment companies. This may affect future
contributions.
Long term, Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. have the size, global reach,
human and physical assets, financial capacity and
customer base to succeed in a continuously
changing world.
Outlook for the Wilhelmsen group
Wilhelmsen retains a strong balance sheet, solid
liquidity reserves and a balanced portfolio of
leading maritime operations and investments.
However, considerable uncertainty persists,
specifically regarding geopolitical tension and an
uncertain global trade environment, potentially
impacting future cash inflow.
Although the above factors impact future outlook,
the group retains its capacity to support, grow, and
expand its business portfolio, and to deliver yearly
dividends in line with the dividend policy.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202515
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Sustainability statement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202516
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
General information
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202517
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
1.1 Basis for preparation and sustainability reporting policies
BP-1 General basis for preparation of the sustainability
statement
Wilhelmsen’s sustainability statement has been prepared in
accordance with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
(CSRD) and the European Sustainability Reporting standards (ESRS)
pursuant to the Norwegian Accounting Act §§ 2-3 and 2-4. The
contents of the statement were subject to an external assurance with
limited assurance in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised). The
Independent Practitioner’s Report on a Limited Assurance
Engagement can be found on page 137. The statement was prepared
on a consolidated basis and covers the same reporting scope as the
financial statements pursuant to Article 48i of Directive 2013/34/EU.
All statements on strategies, policies, actions, metrics, and targets
refer to the group unless otherwise stated. The metrics are not
validated by an external body other than the assurance provider. The
report covers the group’s value chain and, where material, provides
information on upstream and downstream activities.
Wilhelmsen has not used the option to omit specific information
corresponding to intellectual property, know-how, or the results of
innovation. The group is not based in an EU member state that
allows for the exemption from disclosure of impending
developments or matters in course of negotiation, as provided for in
articles 19a(3) and 29a(3) of the Directive 2013/34/EU.
BP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
TIME HORIZONS
Wilhelmsen’s definition of short, medium and long-term time horizons in this statement
aligns with the ESRS standards. Short term is the reporting period, medium-term is one to
five years, and long-term is more than five years. The group’s strategic planning process
focuses primarily on the medium-term.
VALUE CHAIN ESTIMATION
The sustainability statement includes estimated data for greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions
in significant scope 3 (E1- Climate change) categories, where estimates are based on
supplier data, industry averages, and carbon accounting models. Category 1 is estimated
using the spend-based method, applying relevant global average emissions factors from
Exiobase 3.9 (2019). Category 11, related to sold refrigerants or other gases in returnable
cylinders, is estimated by applying 100% of the total mass of the refrigerant or gas sold,
multiplied by the relevant Global Warming Potential (GWP, AR4). This estimation does not
account for leakage, recovery, recycling, or reclamation rates. Category 15 is estimated
based on publicly available reports from listed companies where the group has a strategic
investment, with previous period data used, if verified reports are not available for the
reporting period.
The estimated value chain data is prepared using operational data, supplier information, and
industry benchmarks. Assumptions and extrapolations are used when primary data is
unavailable. Data accuracy depends on the quality and availability of information. While
direct operations have high accuracy, upstream and downstream estimations are less
certain. If verified data is missing, estimates rely on public reports or past data. These
estimates provide an overview of the group’s sustainability performance, which will improve
as more reliable information becomes available. Wilhelmsen aims to improve data accuracy
by refining categories and emissions factors, investing in data management systems, and
applying internal controls for consistent reporting. The group plans to stay aligned with
industry best practices and new sustainability standards as they evolve over time.
Estimation methods will be regularly updated.
SOURCES OF ESTIMATION AND OUTCOME UNCERTAINTY
Data is collected from business units within the group, using their respective systems,
measurements, calculations, and information. Estimates may also be made for the reporting
of selected data points if data is not readily available or as part of the methodology of
calculating the required data points. Judgement may also be used when applying the
sustainability reporting policies.
While all efforts are made to control the completeness and accuracy of the data included in
this statement, the group is currently in the preliminary stages of implementing its Internal
Control over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR) policy. As a result, there may be uncertainties in
the reported information due to the extensive scope of the sustainability disclosures and
the lack of established guidance and practices for certain types of data. Sustainability
reporting policies located in each topic describe the basis for calculation of individual
metrics including descriptions of the most significant estimates and judgements, and
information on sources of uncertainty. The estimates and judgements will be reviewed
periodically based on experience and the development of ESRS. The key reporting
estimations and uncertainties, and their potential impact on reported data, are:
Type
Metric
Impact
Estimate
E1-4 Decarbonisation levers (page 35)
Medium
Estimate
E1-6 Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions for offices with less than 20
employees, and Scope 3 categories 1,11 and 15 (pages 36 to 37)
Low
Estimate
E5-5 Waste recycled (page 43)
Medium
Estimate
S1-14 Computing exposure hours (page 56)
Medium
Judgement
S1-16 Computing pay (page 57)
Low
CHANGES TO THE PREPARATION AND PRESENTATION OF THE SUSTAINABILITY
STATEMENT
In E1-Climate change, the Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions for the base year 2022
have been recalculated due to a material correction of prior estimates. During the reporting
period, business units shifted from a distance-based to a fuel-based emissions calculation
method for scope 1 company cars and vans to enhance accuracy.
In E5-Resource use, the classification of hazardous wastewater containing residual
chemicals has been changed from recovery to incineration, regardless of whether it is later
treated for reuse. A correction has been made to prior period figures to reflect this.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
The following ESRS disclosure requirements and data points have been incorporated by
reference to other sections of this annual report, as follows:
Market position, strategy, business model, value chain (ESRS 2 SBM-1 paragraph 38,
40f-g) to the Business and performance section on pages 7 to 14.
Sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes (GOV-3 paragraph 29, ESRS 2
GOV-3-E1 paragraph 13) to the Remuneration report on wilhelmsen.com.
Net revenue (E1-6 paragraph 55) to the operating revenue in the group income
statement on page 9.
USE OF PHASE-IN PROVISIONS
In accordance with Appendix C of ESRS 1, the group has used the phase-in provisions for
the reporting year for ESRS 2-SBM-1 paragraph 40b-c, ESRS 2-SBM-3 paragraph 48e,
S1-14, and S2.
ESRS 2-BP-2 PARAGRAPH 17B-E RELATED TO S2 WORKERS IN THE VALUE CHAIN
Wilhelmsen aims to partner with responsible suppliers across its global operations,
addressing potential impacts such as forced labour, child labour, unsafe conditions,
inadequate wages, and discrimination in the value chain. These issues most often affect
vulnerable groups in certain regions or industries.
The group requires its suppliers to commit to responsible business practices through its
Supplier Code of Conduct and Human Rights commitment, and enforces zero tolerance for
corruption, modern slavery, and child labour through screening, assessments, and audits.
The group conducts annual human rights due diligence assessments aligned with UN and
OECD guidelines to identify areas for action such as employment conditions, health and
safety, and eliminating seafarer recruitment fees. Business units continually assess supplier
risk, conduct audits, hold supplier trainings, and review performance, ensuring corrective
actions when necessary. No material financial resources were allocated in the reporting
period, and no material impacts requiring remedy were identified.
The group has a target of 100% of suppliers in defined tiers agreeing to the Supplier Code
of Conduct. The metric and target is integrated in the group’s ESG Index in addition to
metrics related to the number of screenings, assessments and audits.
In compliance with the Norwegian Transparency Act, Wilhelmsen publishes an annual
statement reflecting its human rights due diligence processes on wilhelmsen.com.
IRO-2 Disclosure Requirements in ESRS covered by the
undertaking’s sustainability statement
The group employs a structured approach to determine the material information to be
reported in relation to material impacts, risk and opportunities (IROs). Following the double
materiality assessment, a materiality of information assessment is conducted to determine
the relevant disclosure requirements and data points to be included in line with ESRS 1
paragraphs 31 and 33-35. Metrics that are directly connected to the group’s strategic
objectives and policies addressing the relevant IROs are included. The group has one entity-
specific impact related to cyber security and has included metrics based on targets that
have already been established by the group and are included in the group’s internal ESG
index.
In the 2025 assessment, the group concluded that E1-9, S1-8, S1-10, and S1-13 metrics
referenced in the prior report are not considered material for ESRS reporting purposes. This
reflects a maturing approach to assessing materiality and the prioritisation of metrics of
stakeholder interest.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202518
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Content index of ESRS disclosure requirements
The table provides a list of material disclosure requirements complied with in preparing the sustainability statement.
List of material disclosure requirements
Page number
ESRS 2 - General Disclosures
BP-1 General basis for preparation of the sustainability statement
BP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
GOV-1 The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies
26 to 27
GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, management and
supervisory bodies
GOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
Remuneration
report
GOV-4 Statement on due diligence
GOV-5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting
SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain
20to 21
SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
24 to 25
IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities
23 to 24
IRO-2 Disclosure Requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking’s sustainability statement
17 to 19
E1 - Climate change
ESRS 2 GOV-3-E1 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
Remuneration
report
E1-1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation
ESRS 2 SBM-3-E1 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
32 to 33
ESRS 2 IRO-1-E1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and
opportunities
23 to 24
E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies
E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
E1-6 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions
36 to 37
E2 – Pollution
ESRS 2 IRO-1-E2 Description of the processes to identify and assess material pollution-related impacts, risks and
opportunities
23 to 24
E2-1 Policies related to pollution
E2-2 Actions and resources related to pollution
E2-3 Targets related to pollution
E2-5 Substances of concern and substances of very high concern
E3 - Water and marine resources
ESRS 2 IRO-1-E3 Description of the processes to identify and assess material water and marine resources-related impacts,
risks and opportunities
23 to 24
E4 - Biodiversity and ecosystems
ESRS 2 IRO-1-E4 Description of processes to identify and assess material biodiversity and ecosystem-related impacts,
risks dependencies and opportunities
23 to 24
List of material disclosure requirements
Page number
E5 - Resource use and circular economy
ESRS 2 IRO-1-E5 Description of the processes to identify and assess material resource use and circular economy-related
impacts, risks and opportunities
23 to 24
E5-1 Policies related to resource use and circular economy
E5-2 Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy
E5-3 Targets related to resource use and circular economy
E5-4 Resource inflows
E5-5 Resource outflows
42 to 43
S1 - Own workforce
ESRS 2 SBM-2-S1 – Interests and views of stakeholders
ESRS 2 SBM-3-S1 - Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
S1-1 Policies related to own workforce
S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers' representatives about impacts
S1-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns
50 to 51
S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material
opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions
S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and
opportunities
S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
S1-7 Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking’s own workforce
S1-9 Diversity metrics
S1-14 Health and safety metrics
S1-16 Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration)
S1-17 Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts
G1 - Business conduct
ESRS 2 GOV-1-G1 The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies
26 to 27
ESRS 2 IRO-1-G1 Description of the processes to identify and assess business conduct-related material impacts, risks and
opportunities
23 to 24
G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture
G1-3 Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
59 to 60
G1-4 Incidents of corruption or bribery
59 to 60
Entity specific - Cyber security
ESRS 2 IRO-1-Entity specific- Description of the processes to identify and assess cyber security-related material impacts,
risks and opportunities
23 to 24
ESRS 2 MDR-P-Entity specific- Policies adopted to manage cyber security
ESRS 2 MDR-A-Entity specific- Actions and resources in relation to cyber security
ESRS 2 MDR-M-Entity specific- Metrics in relation to cyber security
ESRS 2 MDR-T-Entity specific- Targets in relation to cyber security
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202519
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Legend
SFDR = Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation referenceP3 = Pillar 3 reference
BRR = Benchmark regulation referenceEUCL = EU Climate Law reference
Disclosure requirements that derive from other EU legislation
The table provides an overview of ESRS data points that derive from other EU legislation, and where this information can be found.
Disclosure requirement and related data point
Regulation
Material
(Yes/No)
Page
number
ESRS 2 GOV-1 Board’s gender diversity paragraph 21 (d)
SFDR, BRR
Yes
ESRS GOV-1 Percentage of board members who are independent paragraph 21 (e)
BRR
Yes
ESRS 2 GOV-4 Statement on due diligence paragraph 30
SFDR
Yes
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities paragraph 40 (d) i
SFDR,P3,BRR
No
n/a
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to chemical production paragraph 40 (d) ii
SFDR, BRR
No
n/a
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons paragraph 40 (d) iii
SFDR, BRR
No
n/a
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco paragraph 40
(d) iv
BRR
No
n/a
ESRS E1-1 Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050 paragraph 14
EUCL
No
n/a
ESRS E1-1 Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned Benchmarks paragraph 16 (g)
P3, BRR
No
n/a
ESRS E1-4 GHG emission reduction targets paragraph 34
SFDR,P3,BRR
Yes
ESRS E1-5 Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high climate impact
sectors) paragraph 38
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E1-5 Energy consumption and mix paragraph 37
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E1-5 Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors paragraphs 40 to
43
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E1-6 Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions paragraph 44
SFDR,P3,BRR
Yes
36 to 37
ESRS E1-6 Gross GHG emissions intensity paragraphs 53 to 55
SFDR,P3,BRR
Yes
36 to 37
ESRS E1-7 GHG removals and carbon credits paragraph 56
EUCL
No
n/a
ESRS E1-9 Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks paragraph 66
BRR
No
n/a
ESRS E1-9 Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk paragraph 66 (a)
ESRS E1-9 Location of significant assets at material physical risk paragraph 66 (c).
P3
No
n/a
ESRS E1-9 Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy-efficiency classes
paragraph 67 (c).
P3
No
n/a
ESRS E1-9 Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate-related opportunities paragraph 69
BRR
No
n/a
ESRS E2-4 Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation (European Pollutant
Release and Transfer Register) emitted to air, water and soil, paragraph 28
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E3-1 Water and marine resources paragraph 9
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E3-1 Dedicated policy paragraph 13
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E3-1 Sustainable oceans and seas paragraph 14
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E3-4 Total water recycled and reused paragraph 28 (c)
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E3-4 Total water consumption in m^3 per net revenue on own operations paragraph 29
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS 2- SBM-3 - E4 paragraph 16 (a) i
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS 2- SBM-3 - E4 paragraph 16 (b)
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS 2- SBM-3 - E4 paragraph 16 (c)
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E4-2 Sustainable land/agriculture practices or policies paragraph 24 (b)
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E4-2 Sustainable oceans/seas practices or policies paragraph 24 (c)
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS E4-2 Policies to address deforestation paragraph 24 (d)
SFDR
No
n/a
Disclosure requirement and related data point
Regulation
Material
(Yes/No)
Page
number
ESRS E5-5 Non-recycled waste paragraph 37 (d)
SFDR
Yes
ESRS E5-5 Hazardous waste and radioactive waste paragraph 39
SFDR
Yes
ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1 Risk of incidents of forced labour paragraph 14 (f)
SFDR
Yes
ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1 Risk of incidents of child labour paragraph 14 (g)
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S1-1 Human rights policy commitments paragraph 20
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S1-1 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labour
Organisation Conventions 1 to 8, paragraph 21
BRR
Yes
ESRS S1-1 processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings paragraph 22
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S1-1 workplace accident prevention policy or management system paragraph 23
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S1-3 grievance/complaints handling mechanisms paragraph 32 (c)
SFDR
Yes
50 to 51
ESRS S1-14 Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accidents paragraph 88 (b) and (c)
SFDR, BRR
Yes
ESRS S1-14 Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness paragraph 88 (e)
SFDR
Yes
Omitted,
phase-in
ESRS S1-16 Unadjusted gender pay gap paragraph 97 (a)
SFDR, BRR
Yes
ESRS S1-16 Excessive CEO pay ratio paragraph 97 (b)
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S1-17 Incidents of discrimination paragraph 103 (a)
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S1-17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD Guidelines paragraph 104
(a)
SFDR, BRR
Yes
ESRS 2- SBM-3 – S2 Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain paragraph 11 (b)
SFDR
Yes
Omitted,
phase-in
ESRS S2-1 Human rights policy commitments paragraph 17
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S2-1 Policies related to value chain workers paragraph 18
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S2-1 Non respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD guidelines
paragraph 19
SFDR, BRR
Yes
ESRS S2-1 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labour
Organisation Conventions 1 to 8, paragraph 19
BRR
Yes
ESRS S2-4 Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream value chain
paragraph 36
SFDR
Yes
ESRS S3-1 Human rights policy commitments paragraph 16
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS S3-1 non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or and OECD
guidelines paragraph 17
SFDR, BRR
No
n/a
ESRS S3-4 Human rights issues and incidents paragraph 36
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS S4-1 Policies related to consumers and end-users paragraph 16
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS S4-1 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines paragraph 17
SFDR, BRR
No
n/a
ESRS S4-4 Human rights issues and incidents paragraph 35
SFDR
No
n/a
ESRS G1-1 United Nations Convention against Corruption paragraph 10 (b)
SFDR
Yes
ESRS G1-1 Protection of whistle-blowers paragraph 10 (d)
SFDR
Yes
ESRS G1-4 Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws paragraph 24 (a)
SFDR, BRR
Yes
59 to 60
ESRS G1-4 Standards of anti-corruption and anti- bribery paragraph 24 (b)
SFDR
Yes
59 to 60
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202520
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
1.2 Strategy and business model
SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain
The group operates in the maritime and offshore logistics sectors, with 5 495 employees and a pool of 14 732
seafarers at the end of the reporting period. Employees are based in Europe, including the Nordics ( 57%),
Asia Pacific (26%), Africa, Middle East, Black Sea region (11%), and Americas (5%).
Wilhelmsen’s business model is centred around providing essential products and services to the global
maritime industry, with a strong focus on innovation and strategic growth. The group operates through
three main segments: Maritime Services, New Energy, and Strategic Holdings and Investments.
The main activities of the Maritime Services segment are the provision of products and services for the
global merchant fleet. This includes offerings such as marine chemicals, gases, ropes, welding, speciality
lubricants, cleaning equipment, refrigeration equipment, and various maritime solutions. Certain products,
such as refrigerants, gases and chemicals are subject to local regulatory restrictions and may not be
permitted for sale in specific markets. The segment’s business units also offer port services such as ship
agency and husbandry, and ship management including technical management and crewing for all major
vessel types, through a worldwide network in 53 countries. The most significant markets and customer
groups are vessel or cargo owners and operators in the global maritime sector.
The main activities of the New Energy segment are the operation of supply bases for the offshore industry,
and investments in infrastructure, logistics, offshore wind, remote solutions, and digital innovation. The
main supply base activity is in Norway, Denmark, and the United Kingdom. Other activities include offshore
wind service and maintenance, subsea projects, real estate development, and operation of properties on and
off the supply bases. The most significant customer groups are energy companies and service providers to
the offshore energy sector.
The main activities of the Strategic Holdings and Investments segment are related to investments. The two
main assets of the segment are shareholdings in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.
In Wilhelmsen’s upstream value chain, key suppliers and business partners provide raw materials,
production processes, finished products, and logistics via various transportation modes (truck, rail, road,
sea). The group secures necessary inputs by adhering to responsible procurement practices.
Wilhelmsen recruits and retains employees and seafarers across 53 countries. A global network of manning
offices provides a consistent supply of qualified seafarers for the merchant fleet. Employee development is
supported through on-the-job training, maintaining a competent and motivated workforce.
Wilhelmsen’s own operations include blending, manufacturing, packaging, warehousing, storage, delivery,
maintenance, real estate services, base operations, agency, husbandry, protective agency services, crewing,
and technical management of vessels. These activities are carried out globally, with operations in countries
such as Norway, Malaysia, Denmark, Singapore, Netherlands, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and
Slovakia.
Downstream activities include the distribution of products, last-mile delivery, use of sold products, and
management of waste generated.
Wilhelmsen’s outputs include a range of products and services for the merchant fleet and offshore industry.
These outputs aim to provide benefits for customers, investors, and other stakeholders by maintaining safe
and compliant operations, enhancing operational efficiency, and managing environmental impacts.
Key business actors in Wilhelmsen’s value chain include tier 1, 2, and 3 suppliers, business partners, and
distribution channels. Wilhelmsen maintains relationships with suppliers, sub-contractors, agents, and
business partners to ensure the smooth flow of goods and services throughout the value chain. Key
customers include vessel or cargo owners and operators in the global maritime sector, and energy
companies and service providers to the offshore energy sector.
VALUE CHAIN ACTIVITIES
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Sourcing of raw materials
Blending chemicals
Distribution and last mile delivery
to vessels
Sourcing of finished products
Manufacturing ropes
Sourcing of logistics services
Marine product warehousing and
logistics
Use of sold products
Waste management
Real estate services
Maritime base operations
Vessel husbandry
Port agency
Vessel crew management
Vessel technical management
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202521
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Sustainability-related goals
Wilhelmsen’s sustainability goals stem from its vision to shape the maritime industry. These are defined as
strategic ambitions and targets and apply to the group’s activities, geographies, and business relationships.
The ambitions are included in the group and business unit strategies, with relevant metrics and targets
monitored in the internal ESG index. The results are presented quarterly to the Board of Directors (“board”)
and included in executive remuneration (please refer to the Remuneration report).
The goals support the focus from customers on sustainability practices due to regulatory requirements and
corporate commitments.
Health and safety and compliance have been and continue to be minimum requirements, whereas supplier
management is developing further in importance. This is mainly related to both due diligence and
compliance requirements, in addition to data requirements for reporting disclosures. The main challenge
related to this is the extensive number of suppliers in the maritime value chain, particularly small and
medium enterprises. Having suppliers agree to the Supplier Code of Conduct provides the foundation for
cooperation and meeting stricter requirements over time.
For GHG emissions, the focus varies by impact on the customer’s emissions. For example, base operations
can have a measurable effect for offshore energy customers in their scope 1 and scope 3 emissions, whilst the
use of products sold, or energy efficiency decisions made by competent technical managers and crew
onboard vessels can have a more measurable effect for scope 1 emissions for maritime customers.
Elements of the strategy related to decarbonisation and energy infrastructure are further described in the
Business and performance section (pages 7 to 14).
Strategic ambition
Strategic targets
2025 Results
Reduce GHG emissions in own operations.
42% reduction in scope 1 emissions by 2030
compared to base year 2022. 100% electricity
consumption from renewable sources by 2030,
with an interim target of 80% by 2025.
8% reduction in scope 1 emissions
compared to base year and 89%
electricity consumption from
renewable sources.
Support the maritime industry's
decarbonisation and energy infrastructure
transformation.
Investments in new arenas related to
decarbonisation and energy infrastructure.
Continued to pursue projects, partners
and investments.
Have an engaging and safe workplace with
no harm to people.
Zero work-related fatalities. Lost time injury
frequency (LTIF) rate not to exceed 0.40 for
seafarers and 2.00 for onshore employees.
Zero work-related fatalities. LTIF 0.28
for seafarers and 2.05 for onshore
employees.
Build a culture where each employee is
valued for their contribution and feels
motivated and safe to voice their opinion.
Employee engagement score greater than 8 (out
of 10). 40% gender balance in top 3 management
levels and internal boards by 2030.
8.1 score. 36% females in top
management 43% females in internal
board roles.
Have responsible supply chain partners.
100% suppliers agreeing to the Supplier Code of
Conduct.
99% agreeing.
Be a responsible, trusted and compliant
value chain partner.
100% employee completion of Code of Conduct
and cyber security training.
100% completion.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202522
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Stakeholders
Type of engagement
Purpose
Outcome
Topics addressed
Employees
Directly with management through
individual interactions or group forums,
town halls, working environment
committees, works councils, or union
representatives.
To understand employee expectations
and integrate them into the group's
strategy and activities.
Improved employee engagement and
alignment with the group's strategic goals.
Working conditions, career development,
health and safety, well-being, equality
diversity and inclusion.
Seafarers
Individual interactions with crewing office,
engagement through pre-joining briefings,
vessel visits, vessel inspections, internal
and external audits, safety campaigns, and
officer and cadet conferences.
To ensure seafarers' well-being, safety,
and performance.
Enhanced safety awareness, improved
working conditions, and support for
seafarers' needs.
Health and safety, working conditions,
career development, mental health
support, discrimination, harassment, and
bullying.
Customers in the maritime and energy
sectors
Direct interaction and participation in
multi-stakeholder meetings and industry
associations.
To gather customer feedback and ensure
customer needs are met.
Enhanced customer satisfaction and
engagement.
Product quality, service delivery,
customer support, sustainability
practices, and product features.
Suppliers of products and services
globally
Engagement through direct interaction
including business reviews and audits, and
industry associations.
To ensure the group’s expectations and
requirements are clear and address
supplier concerns.
Strengthened supplier relationships and
sustainable supply chain practices.
Supplier Code of Conduct, supply chain
transparency, and environmental impact.
Authorities (local, regional and global)
Participation in national and international
multi-stakeholder meetings.
To comply with regulations and
collaborate on industry standards.
Compliance with regulatory requirements
and contribution to industry standards.
Regulatory compliance, industry
standards, and environmental regulations.
Financial institutions including investors
and banking sector
Engagement through direct interaction
such as investor meetings, reports, and
investor relations
To communicate financial performance
and sustainability initiatives.
Increased investor confidence and
support.
Financial performance, ESG criteria,
remuneration, risk management, and
governance.
Local community individuals and groups
Participation in multi-stakeholder
meetings and direct interaction.
To address community concerns and
contribute to local development.
Positive community relations and support
for local initiatives.
Community development, environmental
impact, and social responsibility.
Non-governmental organisations (local,
regional, global)
Engagement through industry
associations and multi-stakeholder
meetings.
To collaborate on sustainability initiatives
and address societal issues.
Effective partnerships and progress on
sustainability goals.
Human rights, environmental protection,
and business conduct.
SBM-2 Interests and views of
stakeholders
Wilhelmsen engages with stakeholders on
matters concerning its activities and the broader
maritime industry.
The purpose of this engagement is to understand
stakeholder expectations and integrate them into
the group’s strategy and activities. It also allows
Wilhelmsen to communicate decisions and
provide explanations for underlying motives. The
interests and views of stakeholders are analysed
in the group’s annual assessments for employee
engagement, climate risks and opportunities,
human rights due diligence, and double
materiality.
Wilhelmsen has considered its impacts on its own
workforce in its strategy and implemented
requirements in its Owner’s statement and Code
of Conduct. The group engages directly with its
own workforce on matters related to these
policies and acts on breaches or non-compliance
allegations brought forward.
Wilhelmsen has also considered its impacts on
value chain workers in its strategy and
implemented a Supplier Code of Conduct. The
group engages with suppliers and industry
associations on these matters related to this
policy and acts on breaches or noncompliance
allegations brought forward.
Senior executives and the board are informed of
stakeholder views and interests through quarterly
reporting and annual assessments.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202523
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
1.3 Material sustainability matters
IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and
opportunities (IROs)
The group conducted a double materiality assessment review in 2025. The assessment is a structured
process to identify, assess, and prioritise material IROs. The process involves internal expertise, external
research, and stakeholder consultation to get a comprehensive understanding of IROs. The process is
documented in the group’s ESG reporting system.
Senior executives, the board, and the board audit committee (“audit committee”) oversee the process. The
findings from the assessment inform group-level decision-making and operational adjustments. Strategic
objectives are defined in the group’s strategy and Owner’s statement, and business units develop targeted
action plans to address material IROs, supported by tools and frameworks provided by the group. Regular
reviews are used for alignment with strategic priorities and progress is tracked through key performance
indicators (KPIs) in the group’s internal ESG index.
Senior executives, the board, and the audit committee oversee compliance with sustainability-related legal
and other requirements through periodic risk assessments and reporting improvements. Monitoring and
review of IROs will be conducted at least annually to address emerging risks and adaptation of risk
management strategies. Results from internal reviews and controls are used to refine this process.
Double materiality assessment approach
The double materiality assessment is conducted using a bottom-up approach. This enables Wilhelmsen to
pinpoint specific business units or strategic investments where IROs occur and evaluate those for group-
level materiality. Business units analyse IROs within the sub-topics outlined in ESRS 1 General
Requirements, Appendix A, and use the ESRS time horizons to determine when the IROs are likely to occur.
The assessment considers affected stakeholders, including customers, the natural environment, employees,
workers in the value chain, and local communities. Business units evaluate their value chains to identify the
direction (upstream, own operations, or downstream) and specific positions where IROs arise. Emphasis is
placed on activities, business relationships, and geographies with heightened risks, such as emissions or
resource-intensive operations, supply chains with potential human rights concerns, and regions vulnerable
to environmental degradation or social challenges. After business units have completed their assessment,
the results are consolidated and an evaluation is made of IROs that are material for the group.
Stakeholder and community consultation
The assessment incorporates input primarily from internal sources with deep knowledge of operations,
geographies, stakeholder views, and impacts, supplemented by desktop research, including internal
assessments and reports, industry reports, findings from non-governmental organisations (NGOs), and
other external resources. Wilhelmsen does not directly consult affected communities during the double
materiality assessment screening process. The group uses available feedback from local stakeholders,
authorities and bodies, to align with community expectations and regulatory requirements.
Impact assessment and prioritisation
In the assessment, impacts are classified as actual or potential, positive or negative, and direct or indirect.
Negative impacts are scored on a five-point scale, considering severity (combining scale, scope, and
remediability) and likelihood, with severity prioritised, particularly for human rights related impacts.
Positive impacts, such as decarbonisation opportunities or working conditions improvements, are assessed
based on scale, scope, and likelihood.
All impacts are plotted on a five by five grid of severity versus likelihood. The threshold for impacts is set as
a sloping line, dependent on the combination of severity and likelihood. A threshold line is established
which gives precedence to severity over likelihood i.e. all impacts with severity scores greater than 4 are
considered material irrespective of likelihood, while also taking into account less severe impacts that are
more likely.
If an impact exceeds this threshold, the associated sustainability matter is deemed material.
Risk and opportunity assessment and prioritisation
In the assessment, specific risks and opportunities are identified and analysed, determining direct or
indirect ownership and whether the financial effects are negative or positive. Using a five-point scale, risks
and opportunities are scored based on the likelihood and magnitude of financial effects.
Likelihood is assessed based on the probability that the event will occur, ranging from 1-Very unlikely to 5-
Virtually certain. Probability reflects the possibility of the event occurring, unadjusted for any future
initiative that the group can take to reduce the risk of occurrence. Financial effects are assessed based on
expected impact on revenues or total assets, or EBITDA for business units and an assessment of impairment
indicators for investments in associates and joint ventures, ranging from 1-Low to 5-Major.
All risks and opportunities are plotted on a five by five size of financial effect versus likelihood grid, with a
materiality threshold applied to prioritise high-severity financial effects, regardless of likelihood, and less
severe but highly probable risks and opportunities. The threshold is set as a sloping line, dependent on the
combination of size of financial effect and likelihood. If any risks or opportunities exceed this threshold, the
associated sustainability matter is deemed material.
Input parameters, methodologies, and assumptions
Input parameters
The scope of operations covered includes direct operations such as production, warehousing, base
operations, and maritime services, as well as value chain activities covering supply chains, partnerships,
third-party suppliers, and investments. The geographic scope includes all countries where the group
operates.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202524
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Annual assessments are used as input to address several key areas: compliance, climate, human rights,
cyber security, environmental aspects and impacts, and ESG governance. These assessments evaluate legal
requirements, alignment with governance and sustainability policies, physical and transition risks and
opportunities related to climate, risks associated with labour practices and standards across the value chain,
data protection, privacy, preparedness against cyber threats, and the effectiveness of governance structures
in managing ESG issues.
Ongoing metrics, incident reports, audits, and reviews from business unit management systems, as well as
supplier, customer and investor related interactions are also used as input.
Stakeholder views are sourced through desktop reviews, interviews, surveys, insights from industry and
NGO research on sustainability trends, and data from local, national, and international regulatory
frameworks.
Methodologies applied
Impact materiality is applied to identify sustainability matters that significantly impact people or the
environment, regardless of their financial implications for Wilhelmsen. Financial materiality is applied to
determine sustainability matters that could present risks or opportunities for the group’s financial
performance, position, or value creation, including effects on cash flows, access to finance, or cost of capital.
The value chain perspective is applied to identify IROs from upstream and downstream business
relationships. Reporting boundaries, including operational control, are defined to reflect the group’s
influence and dependencies within its value chain.
Material IROs are identified based on thresholds defined by the group.
For climate-related IROs, the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) Current Policies scenario,
characterised by high physical risk, and the NGFS Net Zero scenario, characterised by high transition risks,
are used to supplement the assessment. For other environmental matters, dependencies are also screened in
addition to locations, operations, products, and the supply chain. The potential for incidents of non-
compliance with environmental regulations that could result in IROs is also considered in the assessment.
The Key Biodiversity Areas (KBAs) map has been used to screen whether the group has sites located in or
near biodiversity sensitive areas. The initial findings indicate that there are sites in the group near potential
biodiversity-sensitive areas. The group will undertake further analysis over the next two years to confirm
whether these sites negatively impact such areas and if it is necessary to implement biodiversity mitigation
measures.
The assessment results are validated with key internal stakeholders that have knowledge of the topics. The
methodologies, assumptions, and data sources are documented in the ESG reporting system and in shared
folders.
Assumptions applied
The ESRS time horizons are used, short term (reporting period), medium term (one to five years), and long-
term (more than five years). The medium term aligns with the group’s strategic planning period.
The best available data, industry benchmarks, and methodologies at the time are used, which may change
over time. Desktop reviews are used to capture the views of relevant stakeholders, which can result in
certain perspectives being more accessible than others.
Scenario analysis from NGFS is used to explore a range of plausible future outcomes, with an understanding
of the inherent uncertainties in predicting long-term sustainability impacts.
Changes to the process and future revision dates
The double materiality assessment is reviewed annually to remain relevant and up to date based on
feedback from stakeholders, performance data, and insights from audits and other internal reviews.
Changes may occur over time based on Wilhelmsen’s business context or improvements in methodology.
The group plans to refine its approach for screening non climate-related environmental matters within two
years applying the Taskforce for Nature-related Financial Disclosures recommendations and guidance.
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and
business model
Based on the double materiality assessment, Wilhelmsen is involved with material impacts and risks both
through its own activities and its business relationships in the value chain. The group’s operations directly
contribute to material impacts such as GHG emissions, health and safety, equal treatment and opportunities
for all, business conduct and cyber security. Whereas, for pollution, resource use and waste, the impacts
mainly derive from two business units that sell marine products.
One potential financial risk was identified related to fraud, where despite preventative measures being in
place, a severe fraud case could have a significant financial effect. Although the group assessed the risk of a
successful fraud attempt as low, this was identified as the only material risk in the assessment.
Wilhelmsen’s business relationships with suppliers, customers, and partners also contribute to material
impacts on workers in the value chain. Wilhelmsen works to ensure that suppliers adhere to ethical
standards and practices, such as fair labour conditions, environmental management, and respect for human
rights. This is achieved through Supplier Code of Conduct, audits, partnerships, and human rights due
diligence processes.
Additionally, Wilhelmsen’s investments in shipping companies in the maritime sector also contribute to
material impacts, such as climate change, necessitating oversight and clear expectations, including those
contained in the group’s Owner’s statement.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202525
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Current financial effects of the group’s material sustainability
matters and the group’s response
The group has assessed the material risk related to incidents of fraud
to its financial reporting, with no current material effects being
identified on either financial position, financial performance, or cash
flow.
Resilience of the undertaking’s strategy and business model
The group assesses material impacts and risks annually as part of its
strategy review process, evaluating the resilience of its strategy and
business model over a medium-term horizon. Overall, Wilhelmsen’s
strategy and diversified portfolio demonstrate resilience against
material impacts and risks in the medium term, with sufficient
countermeasures in place. The group will monitor and follow up as
needed.
Changes to material IROs compared to the previous reporting
period
There were no material changes to IROs compared to the previous
reporting period.
Material sustainability matters
ESRS Topic
Sustainability matter
Material IROs
Own operations
or value chain
Positive or
negative
Actual or
potential
Time horizon
Interaction with business model and strategy
Page
number
E1 – Climate
change
Climate change
mitigation
Impacts on climate change caused by burning of fossil fuels.
Both
Negative
impact
Actual
Short, medium,
and long term
Wilhelmsen is actively working to mitigate climate change through energy efficiency, electrification, renewable
energy use, and strategic investments, with plans to adopt a formal climate transition plan within the next two
years to achieve long-term reductions across the value chain and enable avoided emissions for customers.
32 to 37
E2 – Pollution
Substances of concern
or very high concern
Impacts on people or the environment from the use or misuse of
substances of concern or very high concern.
Both
Negative
impact
Potential
Short, and
medium term
Wilhelmsen Chemicals actively pursues the substitution and safe handling and disposal of chemical products.
38 to 39
E5 – Resource
use and circular
economy
Resource inflows,
outflows, and waste
Impacts on people or the environment from the use of materials
in products sold and waste handling with limited possibilities for
circularity.
Both
Negative
impact
Actual
Short, and
medium term
Wilhelmsen aims for responsible material procurement, waste minimisation, and is in the early stage of adopting
circular economy principles to mitigate these environmental impacts.
40 to 43
S1 – Own
workforce
Equal treatment and
opportunities for all
Impacts on people related to discrimination, harassment, or
bullying in own operations.
Own operations
Negative
impact
Potential
Short, and
medium
Wilhelmsen promotes a diverse and inclusive workplace, with policies and training to prevent discrimination and
support affected employees.
49 to 57
Health and safety
Impacts on people related to health and safety incidents in own
operations.
Own operations
Negative
impact
Actual
Short and
medium term
Wilhelmsen prioritises health and safety through comprehensive management systems, training, risk
assessments, and safety protocols to protect its workforce.
S2 – Value chain
workers
Equal treatment and
opportunities for all
Impacts on people related to discrimination, harassment, or
bullying in the value chain.
Value chain
Negative
impact
Potential
Short, and
medium term
Wilhelmsen requires suppliers to ensure fair treatment of workers and adherence to human rights standards.
The group sets requirements for suppliers to improve working conditions and ensure fair wages and safety
standards and prevent forced labour or child labour. The group enforces its Supplier Code of Conduct through
regular screening, assessment, and audits.
Forced labour or child
labour in the value chain
Impacts on people related to forced labour or child labour in the
value chain.
Value chain
Negative
impact
Potential
Short, and
medium term
Working conditions and
health and safety
Impacts on people related to working conditions and health and
safety incidents in the value chain.
Value chain
Negative
impact
Potential
Short, and
medium term
G1 – Business
conduct
Compliant and ethical
business conduct
Impacts on people subject to corruption and bribery demands
from undesirable actors and risks from incidents of fraud,
corruption or bribery in own operations and in the value chain.
Both
Both
negative
and positive
impact.
Risk.
Potential
Short, medium,
and long term
Wilhelmsen is committed to ethical operations and eliminating corruption in its value chain through clear
policies, management support, a whistleblower hotline, regular training, and transparent reporting. The
company conducts audits, educates employees, and supports those facing ethical challenges. Employees are
empowered to refuse unethical actions without fear of retaliation, fostering trust, stronger relationships, and a
positive reputation. Wilhelmsen also enforces strict anti-bribery measures and collaborates with industry
organisations.
59 to 60
Entity- specific -
Cyber security
Cyber security and
personal data
protection
Impacts on people from cyber security and personal data
breaches.
Own operations
Negative
impact
Potential
Short, and
medium term
Wilhelmsen invests in robust cyber security measures and data protection protocols including employee
training to safeguard personal information and ensure the integrity of its systems.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202526
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
1.4 Sustainability governance
GOV-1 The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies
Responsibility for sustainability is anchored with Wilhelmsen’s board, which consists of five non-executive
Sustainability.png
members and no employee representatives. 100% of the board members are independent. The percentage of
females on the board is 40% and the gender diversity ratio is 67%.
The board heads strategic planning and makes decisions that form the basis for the administration’s
execution of the agreed strategy. The board endorses the Owner’s statement that sets expectations and
requirements for the group in the areas of strategy, financial targets, risk, ESG (environmental, social,
governance), and reporting.
The group CEO and the group management team, hereafter referred to as senior executives, secure its
implementation within the group. Further information about the roles of senior executives is available in
the Remuneration report. The percentage of females in the senior executive team is 20%.
The board oversees Wilhelmsen’s strategic planning and decision-making processes, ensuring sustainability
is integrated into the business strategy and that ethical standards are maintained. The board is responsible
for the oversight of sustainability IROs, whilst the audit committee is responsible for the oversight of
sustainability reporting and internal control.
The audit committee reviews compliance activities on a quarterly basis, including whistleblowing reports
and audit outcomes. The audit committee’s oversight includes evaluating the effectiveness of compliance
programmes, monitoring adherence to ethical standards, and ensuring that appropriate actions are taken in
response to whistleblowing incidents and audit findings.
The board has relevant experience in the sectors, products, and geographic locations where Wilhelmsen
operates. Board members have held senior executive positions in maritime, offshore energy, and finance
sectors, with a solid understanding of the challenges and opportunities in these areas. The board also has
knowledge of key geographic regions where Wilhelmsen is active, which is used to inform decision-making
and alignment of group strategy with both local and global contexts. Additionally, the board includes
individuals with extensive governance experience, having served in various boards with oversight
responsibilities.
Sustainability governance
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202527
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Reflection of responsibilities for IROs in the group’s terms of reference, board mandates, and other
related policies
The group’s board instruction, anchored in legal requirements, establishes the board’s authority and
ensures compliance with regulatory mandates, alignment with stakeholder expectations, and the pursuit of
long-term objectives. Board mandates, as outlined in the board instruction, assign specific responsibilities
to the audit committee to assist the board in exercising its oversight responsibility with respect to the
integrity of sustainability reporting including risk management and internal control. The group’s governing
elements, including the Owner’s statement and supporting standards, further define expectations and
requirements for all business units and non-controlled investments.
Management’s role in the governance processes, controls, and procedures used to monitor, manage, and
oversee IROs
The primary role of the senior executives is to develop and align the group’s strategy, culture, and
competence. Expectations and requirements are established in the Owner’s statement. ESG performance is
reviewed quarterly through business unit boards, and targets defined in the group’s ESG index. The group’s
ESG governance and management system is reviewed annually. Management roles or committees oversee
IROs in business unit operations, and relevant procedures are implemented to manage material IROs
through established business unit management systems. These systems are overseen by the senior
management teams of each business unit, with further oversight provided by the respective business unit
boards.
Oversight of the setting of targets related to material IROs, and monitoring progress towards them
The board and senior executives set targets for material IROs. Strategic objectives and targets are established
during the long-term strategy process and included in the group’s Owner’s statement. Performance is
tracked quarterly through the internal ESG index, with results integrated into the short-term incentive
scheme for senior executives and business units. Senior executives ensure sustainability targets align with
the business strategy and regulatory requirements.
Wilhelmsen considers stakeholder views, including employees and investors, in the target-setting process.
The board reviews and approves targets to ensure they are realistic and aligned with the group’s objectives.
Progress is monitored and reported regularly. Senior executives conduct performance reviews to assess
progress, identify deviations, and implement corrective actions.
Wilhelmsen maintains transparency by publicly disclosing progress in sustainability reports, ensuring
accountability to stakeholders. Wilhelmsen continuously improves sustainability practices based on
stakeholder input and best practices, and adjusts targets and strategies in response to new risks,
opportunities, and regulatory changes.
Appropriate skills and expertise available in the governing body to oversee sustainability matters
The board, collectively, has developed expertise in sustainability, particularly within the maritime and
offshore industries. This expertise includes:
Economic viability: evaluating the economic viability of sustainability initiatives.
Risk management: managing risks associated with long-term investments.
ESG alignment: aligning capital allocation with ESG priorities.
Maritime and offshore industries: understanding shipping operations, global logistics, port
infrastructure, and offshore energy operations.
Climate change and resource management: mitigating climate change and managing resources
efficiently.
Decarbonisation strategies: overseeing decarbonisation strategies and ensuring compliance with
environmental regulations.
Human rights: addressing human rights issues and upholding ethical labour standards throughout the
value chain.
Workforce health and safety: prioritising workforce health, safety, and well-being.
Diversity and inclusion: promoting diversity and inclusion within the organisation.
Business conduct and governance: adhering to responsible business practices and robust governance.
The board actively seeks additional expertise to address new and evolving sustainability challenges and
opportunities. This includes leveraging both internal and external sustainability experts to stay informed on
emerging regulations and matters. Board members also undertake individual development.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202528
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s
administrative, management, and supervisory bodies
Senior executives, the board, and audit committee are informed about sustainability-related topics through
a structured process. The process addresses material IROs, the implementation of due diligence, and the
effectiveness of sustainability policies, actions, metrics, and targets.
Material IROs
The audit committee, tasked with oversight of sustainability reporting matters, receives quarterly reports
from management and an annual review of the identification, assessment, and prioritisation of material
sustainability-related IROs. The board is updated annually on high-level insights and strategic implications
derived from these assessments to align sustainability considerations with the group’s overarching strategy.
Implementation of due diligence
Management provides detailed updates to the audit committee on the implementation of due diligence
processes, including adherence to regulatory requirements and international frameworks. These updates
are presented quarterly and include the status of risk assessments, stakeholder engagement outcomes, and
measures taken to address identified risks, particularly in human rights, environmental compliance, and
responsible supply chain practices.
Results and effectiveness of policies, actions, metrics, and targets
The board and audit committee receive quarterly updates from senior executives and specialist functions,
including ESG and compliance, on the results and effectiveness of sustainability policies and initiatives,
including progress against ESG targets and metrics in the group’s internal ESG index. Detailed performance
reviews are conducted annually, highlighting areas for improvement and strategic adjustments.
Performance monitoring mechanism
Senior executives monitor sustainability targets and key performance indicators (KPIs) through the group’s
internal ESG index, which is reviewed by the audit committee on a quarterly basis.
Consideration of IROs in strategy, major transactions, and risk management
Senior executives integrate the assessment of IROs into the group’s strategy, decision-making on major
transactions, and risk management processes, with the board providing oversight. This structure embeds
sustainability considerations into all levels of decision-making.
Senior executives ensure sustainability-related IROs are central to strategic planning. This includes aligning
ESG factors with the group’s strategic objectives, market positioning, and stakeholder expectations. During
strategic reviews, they evaluate trade-offs between sustainability goals and financial outcomes, such as
investing in low-carbon technologies versus achieving long-term operational efficiency and regulatory
compliance. The board provides oversight to ensure these processes align with the group’s strategic
priorities and long-term value creation.
The group’s Owner’s statement serves as the foundation for overseeing major transactions, including
mergers, acquisitions, and capital investments. Senior executives evaluate ESG impacts and opportunities
through due diligence processes. This includes assessing environmental liabilities, human rights
considerations, and value-creation potential through innovation. Trade-offs, such as short-term costs versus
long-term reputational or regulatory benefits, are analysed. The board reviews material decisions to ensure
they are balanced and responsible.
Senior executives integrate sustainability-related risks into the group’s risk management framework.
Regular reviews of potentially material risks, such as compliance, climate change, supply chain
vulnerabilities, and reputational impacts, are conducted to identify mitigation measures. The board
provides oversight of this process to ensure that risk assessments consider trade-offs and effectively balance
immediate costs with long-term resilience.
This includes weighing costs against benefits in resilience, regulatory alignment, and stakeholder trust.
Through its oversight role, the board ensures these considerations support the group’s sustainability
objectives and long-term value creation.
During the reporting period, senior executives and the board, addressed the following material IROs: GHG
emissions and decarbonisation, health and safety incidents affecting own workforce, equality, diversity, and
inclusion, supply chain management, business conduct and ethics, and cyber security and personal data
protection.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202529
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
GOV-4 Statement on due diligence
The group’s management approach to material sustainability topics, including due diligence, is based on the
UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, and
is aligned with the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the ILO Declaration on Fundamental
Principles and Rights at Work conventions.
The table cross references the core elements of due diligence for impacts on people and the environment to the relevant disclosures in the
sustainability statement.
Core elements of due
diligence
Paragraphs in the Sustainability statement
Page
number
a) Embedding due diligence in
governance, strategy, and
business model
Strategy and business model
20 to 21
Material sustainability matters
Sustainability governance
b) Engaging with affected
stakeholders in all key steps of
the due diligence
SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders
S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts
S1-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns
50 to 51
ESRS 2-BP-2 paragraph 17b-e related to S2 Workers in the value chain
G1 Business conduct
c) Identifying and assessing
adverse impacts
Material sustainability matters
d) Taking actions to address
those adverse impacts
E1 Climate change
32 to 37
E2 Pollution
38 to 39
E5 Resource use and circular economy
40 to 43
S1 Own workforce
49 to 57
ESRS 2-BP-2 paragraph 17b-e related to S2 Workers in the value chain
G1 Business conduct
59 to 60
e) Tracking effectiveness of
these efforts and
communicating
E1 Climate change
32 to 37
E2 Pollution
38 to 39
E5 Resource use and circular economy
40 to 43
S1 Own workforce
49 to 57
ESRS 2-BP-2 paragraph 17b-e related to S2 Workers in the value chain
G1 Business conduct
59 to 60
.
Wilhelmsen’s human rights due diligence approach
human rights due dilligence.png
1. The board and senior executives commit to human rights due diligence and transparency, and set requirements in the Owner’s statement.
Business units establish policy and practices relevant to their operations and ensure employees are aware and comply.
2. The group periodically assess the risk of adverse impacts on human rights in operations, supply chains, and business relationships.
3. The group implements measures to cease, prevent, or mitigate adverse impacts.
4.The group periodically monitors implementation and results of mitigation measures and any grievance handling and makes reports to senior
executives and the board.
5. At least annually, the group disclose human rights-related activities and how impacts are addressed. The group responds to requests for
information from stakeholders in compliance with Norwegian Transparency Act regulation.
6. The group addresses grievances and provides for or cooperates in securing remediation when appropriate.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202530
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
GOV-5 Risk management and internal control over sustainability reporting
Wilhelmsen has adopted an Internal Control over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR) policy based on the COSO
Internal Control over Sustainability Reporting framework.
The group is in the early stages of maturity and plans to fully implement its ICSR policy in all business units
across relevant functions over the next two years, to continuously improve its processes to identify and
manage risks related to sustainability disclosures. Governance oversight is provided by the audit committee
on a quarterly basis, with annual updates to the board on the effectiveness of controls and emerging risks.
The group is exposed to risks associated with incomplete, inaccurate or inconsistent reporting on
sustainability topics, including risks associated with greenwashing. There are also risks related to the
accuracy of data inputs and manual errors in the reporting process particularly in dynamic or continuous
data such as that from human resources systems, and periodic data such as GHG emissions data where local
allocations and estimations are made. In addition, the aggregation of data from multiple business unit
systems and processes into the group’s centralised ESG reporting system poses a risk of calculation errors.
Controls are designed based on these identified risks considering consequence and probability. In the
reporting period, key controls related to GHG emission and workforce data have been applied with
deviations monitored, explained, and documented. Additional application controls have also been applied
in the carbon accounting system. An annual wheel for internal control monitoring and oversight by the
business unit boards has been implemented related to the group’s ESG Index.
_75A8653_3200pxl.jpg
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202531
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Environmental information
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202532
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
2.1 E1 Climate change
Wilhelmsen’s strategic ambition within climate change is to support the maritime industry’s
Climate risk assessment
Risk type
Risk
category
Risk description
Exposure
Mitigation measures
Physical
risks
Acute
Temperature increases: heatwaves can
affect worker health and safety.
Heat stress, reduced productivity,
and increased cooling costs.
Employee health and safety
training and efficient cooling
measures.
Extreme weather events: storms, cyclones,
and hurricanes can damage assets and
disrupt operations.
Safety of personnel, and damage to
site infrastructure, port facilities, and
delays impacting customer
operations.
Business Continuity Plans
(BCPs) and regular office
inspections for emergency
preparedness. Supplier
sourcing, managed stock levels,
and freight flexibility. Property
and infrastructure management.
Flooding: increased precipitation can disrupt
operations and damage infrastructure.
Operational delays, damage to
warehouses, and increased
maintenance costs.
Chronic
Rising sea levels: potential flooding and
infrastructure damage at base or port
facilities.
Need for infrastructure upgrades
and relocation of vulnerable
facilities.
Transition
risks
Policy and
legal
Regulatory changes: new or changing
regulations on GHG emissions can increase
compliance costs.
Investment in low- and no-emissions
technologies and reporting systems.
New competencies, adequate
compliance systems, and new
service offerings.
Enhanced emissions-reporting obligations:
increased reporting requirements can lead to
higher compliance costs.
Additional administrative burden and
potential penalties for non-
compliance.
Technology
Technology shifts: adoption of low-carbon
technologies requires investment.
Upgrading machinery, vehicles,
energy systems, and IT systems.
Managed machinery and vehicle
renewals, and investments in
renewable energy where
incentives are available.
Market
Market shifts: demand for sustainable
products can impact revenue streams.
Shifts in consumer preferences
require changes in product offerings
and marketing strategies.
Supplier sourcing, adaptable
product mix, and service
offerings for customers.
Increased cost of raw materials: sustainable
sourcing from certified suppliers can drive up
costs.
Increase procurement costs and
affect profit margins.
Reputation
Reputational impact: failure to meet
sustainability expectations can damage
reputation.
Negative publicity and loss of
stakeholder trust.
Code of Conduct, transparent
disclosures, and internal
controls.
decarbonisation and energy infrastructure transformation. Greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs) from energy
and material use in own operations and the value chain contribute to climate change, impacting the natural
environment and communities dependent on these ecosystems. The primary sources of these emissions are
the use of sold products, specifically refrigerants, in the downstream value chain, and strategic investments
in shipping companies. Purchased goods and services in the upstream value chain is another significant
contributor. Within Wilhelmsen’s own operations, activities at bases, warehouses, and larger office locations
are the main sources of emissions.
Wilhelmsen is actively working to mitigate climate change through energy efficiency, electrification,
renewable energy use, and strategic investments. The group is building a comprehensive GHG emissions
inventory and improving data collection methods to achieve long-term reductions across the value chain
and enable avoided emissions for customers.
E1-1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation
Wilhelmsen plans to adopt a transition plan for climate change mitigation within the next two years. Key
considerations in the transition plan development will be the group’s low emissions in its own operations
relative to its scope 3 emissions, with 99% of total emissions attributed to value chain emissions including
investments.
Furthermore, the group’s ability to contribute to avoided emissions for customers will be evaluated.
Wilhelmsen plans to engage with internal and external stakeholders, including industry experts, to develop
a formal transition plan aligned with the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG)
implementation guidance when available.
ESRS 2 SBM-3 E1 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and the business model
Wilhelmsen conducts annual climate risk assessments to understand and raise awareness of the potential
consequences of climate-related physical and transition risks. These assessments are integrated into
operational plans of business units to monitor and mitigate potential exposure with countermeasures, and
are presented to the relevant business unit boards for oversight.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202533
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Resilience of the strategy and business model to climate-related risks
Wilhelmsen has evaluated the resilience of its strategy and business model to climate-related risks through
workshops with the senior executives and discussions with the board.
The scope of the assessment covered own operations and value chain related to the group’s three segments,
Maritime Services, New Energy, and Strategic Holdings and Investments. The assessment evaluated the
resilience of the group’s strategy which has a five-year time horizon (medium-term as per ESRS definition).
The group’s GHG emissions targets for 2030 were included in the scope of the assessment.
The assessment considered climate scenarios provided by the Network for Greening the Financial System
(NGFS) phase V (Nov 2024) which provides a range of plausible future outcomes towards 2030 and 2050. In
particular, the Current Policies (high-emission pathway) and Net Zero (1.5°C-aligned) scenarios were used:
Current Policies scenario assumes that only currently implemented policies are preserved, leading to
high physical risks.
Net Zero 2050 scenario limits global warming to 1.5 °C through stringent climate policies and innovation,
reaching global net zero CO2 emissions around 2050.
When evaluating the potential effects of the transition to a lower-carbon and resilient economy, the group
has founded its assessment on the following assumptions:
Demand for products and services, with lower emission footprint, will continue to develop, with suppliers
needing to adapt. Disruption may lead to existing products becoming irrelevant, while new opportunities
may arise in the marketplace.
Geopolitical shifts have contributed to more uncertain markets compared to prior years. While general
demand for energy continues to increase, market participants are balancing competitive business
development and the aim to reduce both their own and supply chain emissions.
Developing demand for both low emission products and services incentivises investments in low
emission enabling technology.
Companies where the group has strategic investments, have strategies to transition to a lower-carbon
economy, with development in technology and low emission fuel, being important factors in the
transition.
When conducting the resilience analysis of the strategy, the group takes into account the inherent
uncertainties in predicting long-term sustainability impacts, geopolitical influences, and making
assumptions about activity beyond the group’s strategy period (five years). Other areas of uncertainty are
primarily related to the development of new products and services with lower emission footprint in business
activities, in addition to energy supply, technology development, and disruption.
In the medium-term, the group’s product and services portfolio is considered well-positioned in relation to
transition, with the group monitoring developments and having the ability to adapt and invest where
assessed to be needed.
From a technology development and disruption standpoint, the medium-term risk is assessed to be limited,
with the group being well-positioned with regards to both the portfolio of products and services, and
strategic investments, having the opportunity to adapt and invest, where assessed to be needed.
Overall, the group’s strategy and diversified portfolio are resilient to climate-related physical risks in the
medium-term with sufficient countermeasures in place, including business continuity plans. The group will
monitor and follow up as needed regarding chronic risks over the longer-term and assess climate-related
risks as an integral part of the investment process.
The group’s strategy and diversified portfolio are also resilient to climate-related transition risks in the
medium-term, with sufficient strategies in place. This was based on applying the same criteria as for the
double materiality assessment, where no material effect was identified related to the group’s anticipated
financial position, financial performance, and cash flow.
E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation
Wilhelmsen has established policies to manage its material impacts related to climate change caused by
burning of fossil fuels.
The group’s Owner’s statement and Environment standard has requirements for material business units,
within their scope of operations including value chain, to set science-based targets with corresponding GHG
emissions reduction programmes, implement environmental management systems which address climate
mitigation impacts, proactively manage climate risks and opportunities, and report on progress to their
respective boards.
Furthermore, business units are to have environmental-related opportunities and growth, which may be
climate-related, as a specific goal in their strategy. For investments, Wilhelmsen monitors and engages in
policy discussions with relevant companies about their emission reduction targets, climate risks, and
opportunities.
As these policies derive from the requirements contained in the group’s Owner’s statement, the group CEO
is the most senior level in the organisation accountable for their implementation.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202534
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies
GHG emissions reduction activities in own operations
Wilhelmsen’s main GHG emissions reduction actions are to procure renewable electricity, install renewable
energy systems where viable, switch to low or no emissions machinery and vehicles when viable, switch to
alternative fuels, and improve energy efficiency. These actions are based on the decarbonisation levers for
targeted scope 1 and 2 emissions reductions by 2030.
In 2025, business units continued green power agreements including energy attribute certificates (EACs)
and purchased unbundled EACs in Malaysia and Norway. Biofuel use at bases was increased and continuous
focus on efficient driving and resource use at key sites was maintained. Business units will continue to
implement actions relevant for their operations in 2026.
In 2025, scope 1 emissions were reduced by 8% compared to the 2022 base year. Electricity from renewable
sources accounted for 89% of the total electricity consumption in the group, and the related reduction in
scope 2 market-based emissions was 74% compared to the base year. Combined, the group’s scope 1 and 2
emissions were reduced by 32% compared to 2022, mainly due to the increased amount of electricity from
renewable sources.
In 2025, the group continued to improve data accuracy by applying internal controls, refining categories and
emissions factors, and moving from distance-based estimations to fuel- based reporting for scope 1
emissions. The main actions related to GHG emissions over the next two years will be the group’s transition
plan development.
These activities support progress towards the group’s near term 2030 reduction targets. Based on an
assessment of financial materiality, the group’s ability to implement these actions is within the operational
discretion of the business units. As part of the upcoming transition plan development, both the target and
the associated actions will be formally reviewed to confirm they remain appropriate and aligned with the
group’s strategic, regulatory, and financial objectives.
Growth in new arenas
In 2025, the group continued to pursue investments and new business models related to decarbonisation
and energy infrastructure.
The New Energy segment invested in companies related to both renewable and energy transition segments
through its own ventures and together with partners. For example, NorSea made energy infrastructure
investments in three locations, creating energy efficient indoor maintenance facilities to support customer
needs. NorSea also ran an efficiency programme to reduce the use of fossil fuels for machines, more electric-
powered machinery and energy efficiency throughout its infrastructure. Edda Wind, which owns and
operates service vessels for the global offshore wind industry, continued to support the maintenance work
conducted during the commissioning and operation of offshore wind parks. Massterly together with Reach
Remote, successfully ran a test in the North Sea with Reach Remote 1 – a remote controlled and autonomy-
enabled vessel to conduct offshore subsea operations while being controlled and monitored from hundreds
of kilometres away. Reach Subsea’s Remote 2 vessel is currently operating in Australia.
Maritime Services accelerated and grew several initiatives and companies in the reporting period. For
example, Pelagus 3D, a joint venture with thyssenkrupp, further expanded its customer base and
manufacturing footprint globally. Hecla Emissions Management, a joint venture with Affinity Shipping,
assists clients through the EU Emissions Trading System process. In 2025, Hecla’s FuelEU Maritime
marketplace went live, offering the selling and buying of compliance balances surpluses. The Wilhelmsen
Venture programme continued to identify and support potential business ideas from employees. C-Loop,
established through the Venture programme, repurposed twice the amount of retired mooring ropes as in
the prior period to create additional values from the materials.
Maritime Services invested in Motion Ventures’ second fund and made further investments in FrontM and
Tunable. Wilhelmsen Ships Service and Yinson GreenTech built and opened charging infrastructure for
Singapore’s first fully electric cargo vessel. Wilhelmsen Port Services entered a new partnership with C-Zero
Maritime to leverage and expand the use of its Platform 13 emissions transparency platform.
In 2026, the group plans to continue to progress investments, projects, and other innovations in line with
the group strategy.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202535
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation
Wilhelmsen has set targets to address impacts related to direct GHG emissions. Employees are not directly
engaged in setting these targets, however, they have access to information tracking the group’s performance
and improvements, through the group’s intranet and communication events.
The group has set near-term absolute GHG emission reduction targets for direct scope 1 and 2 market-based
emissions following the guidance provided by the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi), using the absolute
contraction approach. This method aligns emissions reduction targets with the global, annual reduction rate
required to meet 1.5˚C or well below 2˚C, ensuring they are science-based and in line with the Paris
agreement. Whilst the group does not currently plan to adopt the SBTi validation process, it continues to
monitor developments and align its targets with the initiative’s principles.
The targets are monitored in business units on an operational basis, and progress is reported on a quarterly
basis in the group’s ESG index. As part of the group’s transition plan development within the next two years,
both the targets and the associated actions will be formally reviewed to confirm they remain appropriate
and aligned with the group’s strategic, regulatory, and financial objectives.
The targets are to reduce scope 1 emissions by 42% by 2030 compared to base year 2022, and for scope 2
market-based emissions, procure 80% renewable electricity by 2025 and 100% by 2030. These targets are
directly related to climate change mitigation actions.
Procurement includes the installation of renewable electricity at sites, green power agreements with
bundled energy attribute certificates (EACs), and purchasing of unbundled EACs. The group plans to adopt
targets for material Scope 3 emission as part of its climate transition plan development within the next two
years.
Base year
The selection of the base year 2022 is due to several factors including the year representing typical
operational conditions, with no observable anomalies affecting operations, where complete and accurate
data is available, and which is the earliest relevant point in time for scope 1 and 2 emissions reporting. A
base year recalculation is applied when there is an effect of more than five percent to account for significant
changes such as structural changes, changes in methodology or discovery of significant errors.
Scope 1 and 2 base year 2022 emissions have been recalculated in the reporting period following a material
correction to prior estimates for one entity, now updated using results from the 2024 reporting period.
Consequently, scope 1 base year emissions have been restated from 9,807 tonnes CO2e to 9 193 tonnes CO2e,
and Scope 2 market-based emissions from 5 988 tonnes to 5 542 tonnes.
Decarbonisation levers
For completeness of this disclosure requirement, the group has made an estimated range of the quantitative
contributions of decarbonisation levers related to its near term targets. A mid-range estimate is used for the
potential contribution of each scope 1 emissions lever to the 2030 target. These levers and their contribution
will be assessed and validated during the group’s climate transition plan development within the next two
years.
The potential challenges considered over the medium-term using NGFS Net Zero and Current policies
scenarios, include slow technological progress such as the availability and utility of electric heavy forklifts,
charging or energy infrastructure for alternative fuel vehicles, fixed contracts, prohibitive costs or weak
incentives, and regulations.
Based on the group’s wide geographic scope across 53 countries and local office leasing arrangements, the
procurement potential for further electricity from renewable sources will be impacted by lease agreements,
local energy infrastructure, regulation, and incentive programmes.
In geographic locations where the marketplace for EACs is not yet mature, Wilhelmsen relies on contracts
with electricity suppliers to secure renewable electricity where feasible. In addition, the group seeks to
implement solar panel installations and other renewable energy projects in areas where feasible.
Decarbonisation levers and estimated contributions to
near-term targets
Estimated
contribution
(%)
Base year
2022
(thousand
tonnes CO2e)
Reduction
target from
base year (%)
Reduction
(thousand
tonnes CO2e)
Target 2030
(thousand
tonnes CO2e)
Scope 1 emissions
9
42
4
5
Electric or low- to no-emissions machines and vehicles
50 to 70
2
Fuel switching (e.g. to biofuels)
10 to 30
1
Energy efficiency improvements
10 to 30
1
Scope 2 market-based emissions
6
100
6
0
Electricity from renewable sources
100
6
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202536
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
E1-6 Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and total GHG emissions
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
GHG emissions included in the inventory
Wilhelmsen’s GHG inventory includes CO2 (Carbon dioxide), CH4 (Methane), N2O (Nitrous oxide), HFCs (Hydrofluorocarbons), PFCs
(Perfluorocarbons), SF6 (Sulphur hexafluoride), and NF3 (Nitrogen trifluoride) emissions. CO2e (Carbon dioxide equivalent) emissions factors are
used to provide a consistent GHG inventory report, derived from reputable sources.
Collection and consolidation of activity data
Wilhelmsen employs the centralised data gathering approach where business units and sites report activity data which is then calculated
through the group’s carbon accounting system. Sites have access to this data, enabling positive awareness of impact and opportunity for
response. Data is collected from several sources to determine absolute emissions figures. Primary data is collected where possible, such as
electricity consumption from vendor invoices or meters. Secondary data is used when primary data is unavailable or insufficient, particularly for
Scope 3 Category 1: Purchased goods and services where the spend-based method is applied. Consolidated data from all business units
provides the basis for the group’s absolute CO2e emissions.
Estimating data
For completeness, where data is not available, estimates are made using judgment and best available benchmarks or comparable data/sites. In
the absence of complete data, estimates are allowed using available partial data, considering seasonal variations. This is for example when
electricity or fuel invoices are not received in the respective reporting period. Comments describing the estimation method and calculations are
reported in the group’s carbon accounting system. Actual data, when available, replaces estimates with appropriate comments. The group aims
to improve its internal control over reporting of energy sources and consumption. An estimation is made for the group’s scope 2 emissions for
smaller sites with less than 20 people that do not report in the group’s carbon accounting system. The estimate is based on the total scope 2
emissions of all reporting sites in the same segment, divided by total number of employees at those sites. The outcome is multiplied by the
number of employees at non-reporting sites to arrive at the estimate. The group does not have plans to include the smaller offices in activity-
based reporting until digital solutions are available to automate these activities.
Emission factors and calculations
The group’s carbon accounting system stores the emissions factors and calculations related to CO2e emissions. The factors are derived from
emissions factor libraries including IEA, DEFRA, EPA, AIB, Exiobase, and NTM. Both location-based and market-based factors are used for scope
2 emissions. CO2e emissions factors and calculations are valid for the reporting year. Factors are reviewed annually to ensure accuracy and
consistency. Material changes to CO2e emissions factors are applied to previous year data, including base year data, to incorporate the
change.
Inclusions, exclusions, and significant changes
None of the group’s scope 1 data is regulated under emissions trading schemes. The Scope 1 and 2 base year emissions have been
recalculated following a material correction to prior estimates.
2022_03_01_wilhelmsen_0688-1_3200pxl.jpg
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202537
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Gross scope 1 GHG emissions (thousand tonnes CO2e)
The reporting of direct scope 1 CO2e emissions is based on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and covers all direct emissions from owned or
controlled sources, which are the natural gas, oil, diesel for stationary sources, consumed in buildings owned, leased or rented, and owned or
leased company cars. All numbers are rounded off to the nearest whole thousand. From 2025, emissions from company cars and delivery
vehicles are calculated using the fuel-based method, replacing the distance-based method used in previous reporting periods. No adjustment
has been made to the base year due to insufficient historical data and the undue cost or effort required to apply the new methodology
retrospectively. Fuel consumed from owned and leased cars, forklifts, cranes, trucks, and vans used for cargo transportation, are multiplied by
emission factors from DEFRA (2023, 2024) applicable for each fuel type. Direct emissions from buildings are based on reported consumptions
of gas, oil and diesel, etc., multiplied by emission factors from DEFRA (2024) applicable for each fuel type.
Gross scope 2 location-based and market-based GHG emissions (thousand tonnes CO2e)
The reporting of scope 2 GHG emissions is based on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and are calculated and disclosed using both the location-
based and market-based methods. All numbers are rounded off to the nearest whole thousand. GHG emissions in scope 2 arise from purchased
electricity, district heating, and district cooling in buildings owned or leased by the group. Location-based and market-based emissions are
calculated using energy consumption at business unit locations and emission factors from IEA (2024) and AIB (2024). Market-based emissions
include Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs) where applicable. Wilhelmsen purchases electricity either bundled with renewable Energy Attribute
Certificates (EACs) or unbundled. These certificates verify that the portion of electricity consumed is from renewable sources. Unbundled
renewable energy attributes account for approximately 25% of total electricity from renewable energy sources, while purchased electricity
bundled with energy attributes accounts for approximately 75%.
Gross scope 3 GHG emissions (thousand tonnes CO2e)
The reporting of indirect scope 3 emissions is based on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, which divides the scope 3 inventory into 15 categories.
All numbers are rounded off to the nearest whole thousand. Based on the group’s materiality assessment and scope 3 screening, there are
three significant categories which account for 99% of the group’s scope 3 emissions: Category 1 (purchased goods and services), Category 11
(use of sold products), and Category 15 (investments). 97% of the scope 3 emissions are calculated using primary data that is available from
suppliers and companies where the group has strategic investments. Primary data is not available for category 1 emissions.
Category 1 emissions are estimated using the spend-based method by multiplying the total spend in the reporting period with relevant global
calculated average emissions factors from Exiobase 3.9 (2019) for each purchased good or service category. Currency conversions applied in
spend-based calculations use exchange rates sourced from the European Central Bank (2023).
Category 11 emissions are estimated for sold refrigerants or other gases in returnable cylinders. The estimation applies 100% of the total mass
of the refrigerant or other gas sold that is contained in the cylinders. The mass is multiplied by the relevant Global Warming Potential (GWP)
values from the IPCC’s fourth assessment report (AR4). This method does not apply any factors for leakage, recovery, recycling, or reclamation
rates. There are no other material products included in this category.
Category 15 emissions are estimated based on the scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions of companies where the group has a strategic investment. The
most material investments are Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. While Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA provides data for the
reporting period, emissions data for other investments are estimated using figures from the prior reporting period. This is due to the
unavailability of verified emissions reports from these companies during the reporting timeframe, which results from varying national reporting
deadlines. During the reporting period, Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. has expanded the coverage of their scope 3 data, resulting in a notable rise in
this category. Figures for prior periods remain unchanged.
All other scope 3 categories (2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12,13 and 14) are excluded as they do not materially contribute to emissions or risk exposure.
The mentioned categories are on an aggregated level estimated to account for less than 1% of the total scope 3 emissions. Scope 3 GHG
emissions will be updated annually in each significant category based on current activity data or estimates.
Annual % target /base year
The percent average annual emission reduction per year to meet the group’s 2030 target.
GHG revenue intensity (tonnes CO2e / USD million)
The total GHG emissions (scope 1, 2 and 3), both market-based and location-based, divided by total net revenue. Total net revenue is reconciled
to the operating revenue presented as a line item in the group income statement on page 9.
GHG emissions
All numbers in thousand tonnes CO2e
Retrospective
Milestones and target years
2022
2024
2025
% 2025 /
2024
2025
2030
2050
Annual %
target /
2022
Gross scope 1, 2, and significant scope 3 categories
Scope 1 GHG emissions
Gross Scope 1 GHG emissions
9
9
8
(4)%
8
5
(5)%
Percentage of Scope 1 GHG emissions from
regulated emissions trading schemes (%)
0%
0%
Scope 2 GHG emissions
Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions
3
3
2
(13)%
2
Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions
6
3
1
(51)%
1
0
(13)%
Significant Scope 3 GHG emissions
Total Gross indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions
5 806
6 558
13%
6 558
1 Purchased goods and services
161
166
3%
166
11 Use of sold products
3 300
3 175
(4)%
3 175
15 Investments
2 345
3 216
37%
3 216
Total GHG emissions
Total GHG emissions (location-based)
5 817
6 569
13%
6 569
Total GHG emissions (market-based)
5 818
6 568
13%
6 568
GHG intensity per net revenue
2024
2025
% 2025 /
2024
Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue (tonnes CO2e / USD million)
5112
5 334
4%
Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue (tonnes CO2e / USD million)
5112
5 333
4%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202538
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
2.2 E2 Pollution
Wilhelmsen prioritises pollution prevention and minimising environmental and health impacts. The group
actively works to prevent accidents and environmental harm by integrating pollution prevention into its
activities. This approach includes regular environmental impact assessments, employee training, and
investment in technologies. Adherence to ISO 14001 environmental management system standards and
compliance with regulations, ensure systematic resource management and alignment with national and
international requirements.
Wilhelmsen Chemicals, a key business unit within the group, produces leading marine and consumer
chemical products. The use or misuse of substances of concern or very high concern (see hazard
classification in the sustainability reporting policies) in these products can potentially impact the health
and safety of its workforce and workers in the value chain. Additionally, accidental spills or leakages of these
substances could result in environmental impacts if not managed correctly, potentially affecting local
communities and ecosystems. To mitigate these potential impacts, the business unit is actively pursuing the
substitution of hazardous substances with alternatives and ensuring the safe handling and disposal of
chemical products.
E2-1 Policies related to pollution
Wilhelmsen’s Environment standard has policies on impacts related to pollution. The standard requires that
all business units act responsibly to minimise environmental impacts in their operations and value chain. It
requires compliance with health, safety, and environmental regulations, regular assessment and review of
environmental impacts and risks, and the implementation of an environmental management system, such
as ISO 14001, with periodic audits.
Wilhelmsen Chemicals has specific policies in place to address substances of concern and very high
concern, to minimise health and environmental risks associated with the use of hazardous chemicals in its
own operations and by value chain workers in the product use phase. This is achieved by replacing harmful
substances with less dangerous alternatives whenever possible. Policies are sent to relevant employees and
they confirm by signature in the system that they have read it. Wilhelmsen Chemicals performs an annual
review, including the risk assessment of chemicals, and defines action plans for chemicals. The substances
and products on the internal substitution list include, in addition to the Candidate List, Annex XIV and
XVII, substances and chemicals that the business unit wishes to phase out.
The primary goal of the Wilhelmsen Chemicals policy is to reduce the risk of health and environmental
damage from the use of hazardous chemicals by substituting harmful substances with less hazardous
alternatives whenever possible. The policy includes the assessment of chemicals to identify those that may
pose a hazard and the selection of less hazardous alternatives, if it does not result in unreasonable costs or
disadvantages. There is a requirement for documentation of all assessments and decisions related to
substitution, with special attention to substances on the environmental authorities’ list of priority
pollutants and the EU candidate list. The phasing out of substances of very high concern is included in
Wilhelmsen Chemical’s risk assessments and action plan for chemicals. Wilhelmsen Chemicals has
emergency response plans in place in the event of an incident occurring onsite to limit impacts on people
and the environment. The Wilhelmsen Chemicals’ CEO is accountable for the implementation of the policy
which is integrated in the scope of the business unit’s ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certification.
E2-2 Actions and resources related to pollution
Wilhelmsen Chemicals has adopted an action plan organised in multi-year projects to address risks from
substances of concern and very high concern. Wilhelmsen Chemicals reviews this plan annually, aiming to
replace, substitute, or phase out substances of concern and very high concern, and reduce manual handling.
Resources are allocated to research and development for safer products. Expected outcomes include the
substitution of harmful substances with less hazardous alternatives and ensuring safe handling. There were
no new substitutions made in the reporting period.
The implementation of the action plan does not require significant operational expenditures (OpEx) or
capital expenditures (CapEx). There have been no incidents requiring actions to remedy in the reporting
period.
E2-3 Targets related to pollution
Wilhelmsen Chemicals has not set measurable targets related to substances of concern or very high concern.
The primary reason is that the substitution strategy is embedded within a continuous, project-based action
plan. Wilhelmsen Chemicals tracks the effectiveness of its policies and actions in relation to pollution-
related IROs. This tracking is done through annual assessments and action plan reviews. These policies are
included in the scope of management system audits and reviews based on ISO 9001 and ISO 14001
standards.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202539
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
E2-5 Substances of concern and very high concern
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
A non-material correction has been made to prior period figures for substances of very high concern. Small amounts previously included in the
total and one category have now been properly allocated across all relevant categories. The overall total remains unchanged.
Hazard classification and reporting of substances and very high concern
Substances are grouped by hazard classification according to Part 3 of Annex VI to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008. Substances of very high
concern are those that meet the criteria laid down in Article 57 of Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 (REACH). When a substance falls under multiple
hazard classes, its full amount is reported in each relevant class. To avoid double counting, the total amount of all substances of concern is
adjusted to reflect only the actual amount of each substance.
Amount generated/used during production or procured (kg)
The total amount of substances of concern and very high concern procured in the period.
Amount that left the company’s facilities as emissions, products, or part of products/services (kg)
The total amount of substances of concern and very high concern that left in products in the period.
Substances of concern and very high concern metrics
Substances of concern
Substances of very high concern
Amount generated / used during production
or procured (kg)
Amount that left the company's facilities as
emissions, products, or part of products /
services (kg)
Amount generated / used during production
or procured (kg)
Amount that left the company's facilities as
emissions, products, or part of products /
services (kg)
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Carcinogenicity categories 1 and 2
247 860
319 803
253 000
326 342
275
250
270
263
Chronic hazard to the aquatic environment categories 1 to 4
3 013 080
2 841 716
2 956 552
2 965 689
Germ cell mutagenicity categories 1 and 2
80 000
113 000
63 925
126 620
275
250
270
263
Reproductive toxicity categories 1 and 2
362 486
387 498
368 350
357 445
148 275
160 750
154 195
149 683
Skin sensitisation category 1
245 902
280 779
233 900
291 622
Specific target organ toxicity, repeated exposure categories 1 and 2
1 786 840
1 603 380
1 723 043
1 704 129
Specific target organ toxicity, single exposure categories 1 and 2
50
58
92
Total
3 819 968
3 749 751
3 730 865
3 823 567
148 275
160 750
154 195
149 683
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202540
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
2.3 E5 Resource use and circular economy
The use of raw and other materials, such as water, wood, industrial chemicals, and plastic, in product
manufacturing and packaging, impacts natural resources and the environment. Inefficient waste
management practices can contribute to environmental degradation, affecting local communities and
ecosystems, as waste from products and packaging often ends up in landfills, limiting reuse or recycling
opportunities. In the maritime sector, where Wilhelmsen has strategic investments, environmental impacts
arise from vessel construction and recycling processes. Full asset and product lifecycle accountability and
growing regulatory requirements necessitate new offerings for the maritime industry. Wilhelmsen aims to
minimise resource use and environmental impact by conducting regular assessments, training employees,
managing waste efficiently, and adopting circular economy principles. Compliance with regulations and
management systems based on ISO 14001 standards are in place. Wilhelmsen Ships Service and Wilhelmsen
Chemicals are key business units within the group, materially contributing to the group’s operations and the
overall sustainability performance in this matter.
E5-1 Policies related to resource use and circular economy
Wilhelmsen’s Environment standard has policies on resource use, waste, and the circular economy. The
standard requires that all business units act responsibly to minimise environmental impacts in their own
operations and value chain. It requires compliance with health, safety, and environmental regulations,
regular assessment and review of environmental impacts and risks, and the implementation of an
environmental management system, such as ISO 14001, with periodic audits.
The standard emphasises minimising resource use, waste, and the impact of activities on air, soil, and water.
Business units are to consider circular economy aspects in their environmental planning and strategy, and
are encouraged to invest in new business models that reduce environmental impact. The transition away
from using virgin resources, along with sustainable sourcing and the use of renewable resources, is not
currently addressed and will be included in the next policy review in 2026.
Business unit policies on resource use and circular economy-related matters include waste management
and hierarchy. Whilst Wilhelmsen strives to adhere to the waste hierarchy by prioritising the avoidance and
minimisation of waste, the primary focus remains on waste treatment methods such as recycling. The group
aims to minimise both the resources used in products and own operations, and the waste produced in its
operations. When handling waste, the goal is to reuse or recycle it where possible to reduce the amount of
waste deposited as landfill. Several business units are in the early stages of using recycled materials for
primary packaging and transport packaging.
As these policies derive from the requirements contained in the group’s Owner’s statement, the group CEO
is the most senior level in the organisation accountable for their implementation.
E5-2 Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy
The main action each year is for business units to maintain and continuously improve their environmental
management system relevant for their operations, including resource use and waste. The main outcomes
are compliance with relevant regulations and the systematic management of resource use and waste in the
business units’ own operations and value chain. In 2025, Ship Management, Ships Service, Wilhelmsen
Chemicals, Port Services, and NorSea Group’s operating companies, maintained certification according to
the ISO 14001 standard. A new reusable transport packaging system was introduced in Ships Service.
Standardised methods for reporting on resource utilisation and waste disposal were implemented in the
group to establish a baseline and identify areas of improvement.
E5-3 Targets related to resource use and circular economy
The group has not yet adopted quantitative targets related to resource use and circular economy due to the
absence of high-quality value-chain and life-cycle assessment data. Wilhelmsen plans to adopt a strategic
objective and establish targets within the next two years, once there is an improved understanding of these
factors. The group has integrated standard metrics related to the waste hierarchy into its internal ESG index
which is applicable for all business units, to establish systematic data collection processes and internal
controls.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202541
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
E5-4 Resource inflows
Wilhelmsen’s material resource inflows in the group include energy, raw materials, finished products as well
as machinery, equipment and fittings at bases, warehouses and offices. The most material resource inflows
are related to raw materials used in the processes for chemical products, mooring ropes, and the cylinder
exchange programme. Wilhelmsen Ships Service and Wilhelmsen Chemicals are key business units within
the group, materially contributing to the group’s operations and the overall sustainability performance in
this matter.
Wilhelmsen Chemicals sources a range of chemical raw materials to support its production processes,
alongside certain finished goods purchased directly from suppliers for resale. These materials are carefully
selected based on their functional properties, availability, and compliance with regulatory requirements.
Ships Service primarily engages in the trade of fully manufactured products. Additionally, Ships Service
owns a ropes production facility in Trenčín, Slovakia, and operates a global cylinder exchange programme.
This programme involves a portfolio of reusable steel gas cylinders leased to customers, which are collected,
refurbished, and re-leased after use. The material resource inflows for Ships Service are the raw materials for
ropes production and the steel cylinders in the global cylinder exchange programme.
Chemicals
Wilhelmsen Chemicals has assessed its use of raw materials and trading products. These goods have been
categorised to determine which contain biological material, based on internal expertise regarding raw
materials and information provided by suppliers. At present, none of the biological material in Wilhelmsen
Chemicals’ products is classified as sustainably sourced, due to a lack of sufficient documentation.
Regarding the cascading principle, its application is limited, as the products are chemicals that are
consumed during use and do not allow for reuse or recycling. Unlike solid biological materials (e.g. wood or
biomass), which can be repurposed multiple times before disposal, chemical products follow a linear use
pathway—once applied, they undergo transformation or degradation, making recovery infeasible. Efficient
resource utilisation and minimising environmental impact continue to be key areas of focus.
Ropes production
Ships Service produces two main types of ropes: conventional mooring ropes and high-modulus
polyethylene (HMPE) ropes. Conventional mooring ropes are made of polymer, while HMPE ropes are made
of an extra strong polyethylene material. The rope fibres are coated with a polymer to extend product
lifespan. All main raw materials in rope production are plastic, derived from petroleum. Currently, Ships
Service does not produce ropes from recycled or biological materials.
Cylinders
Ships Service manages a large portfolio of rental cylinders, facilitating nearly 750 000 cylinder deliveries
and returns annually. On average, 25 000 new steel cylinders are purchased each year to replace those that
are scrapped or otherwise removed from the portfolio. These cylinders are sourced from manufacturers in
China and Italy, with no additional processing by Ships Service. In 2025, approximately 27 200 new
cylinders were purchased.
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
Total weight of products and materials (tonnes)
For chemicals, the material resource inflows relate to raw materials and trading products used in production. The data for purchased raw
materials, finished goods and water has been extracted from the business unit’s ERP system, and aggregated to calculate the total weight in
tons. The calculation is subject to certain limitations, as a standard density of one has been applied to all materials due to the difficulty of
extracting precise density data directly from the ERP system. This assumption simplifies the process but may affect the accuracy of the total
weight calculations.
For ropes, the types and weights of raw materials used in ropes manufacturing at the ropes factory, TIMM in Slovakia, have been obtained from
procurement records for the reporting period. Reporting includes input materials for ropes production only, excluding other materials such as
labels.
For cylinders, the total weight of the cylinders has been calculated by multiplying the producer-specified weights of a given cylinder with the
number of cylinders of that type. The number of steel cylinders purchased in the reporting period was extracted from procurement records. A
significant assumption is that data is accurate in the various procurement systems.
Resource inflows metrics
2025
2024
Total weight of products and materials (tonnes)
66 782
65 577
Biological materials (and biofuels) sustainably sourced (%)
Secondary reused or recycled components (tonnes)
Secondary reused or recycled components (%)
Secondary intermediary products (tonnes)
Secondary intermediary products (%)
Secondary materials (tonnes)
Secondary materials (%)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202542
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
E5-5 Resource outflows
Wilhelmsen’s resource outflows encompass various products and materials resulting from the group’s
processes for chemical products, mooring ropes, and rental cylinders. Wilhelmsen Ships Service and
Wilhelmsen Chemicals are key business units within the group, materially contributing to the group’s
operations and the overall sustainability performance in this matter.
Chemicals
Chemical products typically undergo a single-use process, such as a chemical reaction or application, after
which they are transformed or expended. As such, the chemical products are fully consumed during their
intended use and cannot be reused, repaired, or recycled. Consequently, these products do not align with
circular economy principles due to their consumable nature and there is no established rating system for
product repairability. Research is being conducted for the use of recyclable materials in product packaging
where possible. Compliance with local regulations is relied upon to ensure proper waste processing.
Ropes
The durability of mooring ropes varies significantly depending on several factors, making an industry
average lifespan irrelevant for rope circularity. Abrasion is a common damage mechanism that shortens the
lifespan of ropes. Since snapping mooring ropes pose significant health and safety risks for seafarers,
maintaining rope integrity is critical. Repairability depends on the type and location of the damage. For
repairable damages, it is possible to cut out the damaged section and re-splice an eye on the rope. Ships
Service supports repairability whenever safe and possible by providing splicing instructions and a splicing
kit. There is no established rating system for repairability of mooring ropes. Whilst ropes are not specifically
designed for recycling or reuse, they can be repurposed. A Wilhelmsen early-stage venture called C-Loop is
working to develop the business model to repurpose ropes, with a pilot in progress with industry partners.
Cylinders
For cylinders, the Ships Service Global cylinder exchange programme is based on a circular business model.
Cylinders are returned after use for refurbishment and refilling, and at the end of their life, they are often
sold to be melted and remade into new steel products. Pre-consumer waste from operations is managed
according to regulatory requirements, ensuring safe disposal or recycling when feasible.
In ideal conditions, a steel cylinder may last indefinitely. However, wear and tear from being onboard
ocean-faring vessels limits this potential lifespan. Upon a cylinder’s safe return from a vessel, it is sent to a
Ships Service gas filling partner for inspection, repair, and repainting as needed. Cylinders are made of steel
and often exposed to moisture, leading to rust formation. Rust is removed through shot blasting before
repainting to extend the cylinder’s lifespan. Ships Service’s cylinders have an average lifespan of 14 years
(see product durability reporting policy), slightly below the industry average of 16-years. Factors such as
scrapping, loss, or other exits from the portfolio contribute to the lower-than-expected lifespan.
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
Product durability (%)
Expected durability of the product placed on the market by the company, in relation to the industry average. For cylinders, the average lifespan
is calculated using cylinders that have existed for eight or more years, as they are rarely scrapped before this period. The lifespan is determined
by finding the number of years between the production date and the scrapping event date, with a year defined as a complete year. The
expected durability rate of cylinders compared to the industry average is calculated as the average lifespan of cylinders divided by the industry
average lifespan.
Rate of recyclable content (%)
Recycled packaging for chemicals is reported as zero as the group cannot control waste management or recycling by end-users. Consumer
packaging is labelled with disposal instructions per local regulations, but this does not guarantee recycling outcomes. Chemical products are
consumed during use and cannot be reused or recycled. For cylinders, when they reach their scrap date, a contractor is engaged to manage the
end-of-life process, with no waste treatment records reported. It is estimated that 80% of the cylinders, based on the high recyclability of
materials like stainless steel and aluminium, are recycled and 20% are landfilled, however, this cannot be verified due to lack of records.
Resource outflows metrics
Chemicals
Ropes
Cylinders
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Product durability (%)
88
91
Rate of recyclable content in the given product (%)
Rate of recyclable content in the given product's packaging (%)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202543
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Waste streams
Within the group’s own operations, material waste streams arise from production processes and product and
transport packaging. In the downstream value chain, waste primarily involves transport packaging, and the
end-of-life treatment of products sold. Wilhelmsen Ships Service and Wilhelmsen Chemicals are key
business units within the group, materially contributing to the group’s operations and the overall
sustainability performance in this matter.
For chemicals, wastewater from cleaning processes that contains residual chemicals is generated in the
production processes. This wastewater is classified as hazardous waste and is sent to a waste treatment
facility equipped to neutralise and purify chemical contaminants. Wastewater that cannot be neutralised or
purified is sent for incineration. General industrial waste from production includes pallets, plastic
wrapping, and containers used for raw materials and finished products. These materials are sorted and
recycled according to their type, such as plastic, wood, cardboard, and metal.
Additionally, used oils, lubricants, and filters from machinery maintenance are treated as hazardous waste
and sent for appropriate recovery or disposal.
For ropes, waste includes non-hazardous waste such as general or residual waste, plastics in the form of
fibres, and packaging materials like paper and cardboard. Hazardous waste comprises residual coatings and
chemicals, as well as machine cleaning waste.
Additionally, cylinders contribute to non-hazardous waste, with metals such as steel.
Wilhelmsen Chemicals actively engages in product end-of-life waste management through participation in
extended producer responsibility schemes in Norway. Wilhelmsen Chemicals is registered with Grønt Punkt
Norge for packaging waste, and RENAS for electronic waste. This involvement ensures compliance with
Norwegian environmental regulations and supports the circular economy by facilitating recycling and safe
disposal of materials. Additionally, Wilhelmsen Chemicals has a reuse and reconditioning agreement in
place for the reuse and reconditioning of intermediate bulk containers (IBCs).
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
Total amount of waste generated in the company’s own operations (tonnes)
The total amount of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generated by operations directed to disposal or diverted from disposal during the
reporting period. Actual data has been utilised for waste generated from chemicals and ropes production sites, and an estimation has been
made for cylinder recycling and disposal. For other sites within the group, where specific waste information is available in the carbon accounting
system, this data is included. An estimation is not made for other sites in the group due to a lack of transparency to local contracts and
conditions, resulting in incomplete data. The group plans to enhance data collection and coordination to achieve more complete data for
material sources in future reports. A significant assumption is that reports from the third-party supplier handling the waste may contain minor
discrepancies due to variations in measurement techniques, waste handling practices, or reporting intervals.
Total amount of waste diverted from disposal (tonnes)
The total amount of waste that is prepared for re-use, or recycled, or recovered with any other processes.
Total amount of waste directed to disposal (tonnes)
The total amount of waste that has been sent for incineration, or to landfill or to other disposal operations.
Non-recycled waste generated from own operations (tonnes, %)
The total amount of waste generated minus the total amount recycled expressed both as weight in tonnes and as percentage of the total
amount of waste generated.
Hazardous and non-hazardous waste diverted from or directed to disposal (tonnes)
Waste is considered hazardous if it displays one or more of the hazardous properties listed in Annex III of Directive 2008/98/EC. Hazardous
waste data is based on records maintained at the production facilities, which are legally required to report hazardous waste to authorities.
Receipts are kept for verification. From 2025, there is a change in the reporting policy, where all wastewater containing residual chemicals is
categorised as hazardous and directed to incineration, regardless of whether it is later treated for reuse. A correction has been made to prior
period figures to reflect this policy. Non-hazardous waste records are maintained at the production facilities. Specifically for cylinders, when
they reach their scrap date, a contractor is engaged to manage the end-of-life process, with no waste treatment records reported. It is
estimated that 80% of the cylinders, based on the high recyclability of materials like stainless steel and aluminium, are recycled and 20% are
sent to landfill. The recovery rate of packaging waste in Europe in 2022 has been used as the basis for this estimation.
Waste metrics
2025
2024
Total amount of waste generated in the company's own operations (tonnes)
2 369
2 258
Total amount of waste diverted from disposal (tonnes)
1 221
988
- Preparation for reuse (tonnes)
85
85
- Recycling (tonnes)
703
903
- Other recovery (tonnes)
433
0
Hazardous waste diverted from disposal (tonnes)
215
6
Non-hazardous waste diverted from disposal (tonnes)
1 006
982
Total amount of waste directed to disposal (tonnes)
1 148
1 270
- Incineration (tonnes)
862
1 090
- Landfill (tonnes)
287
180
- Other disposal (tonnes)
0
0
Hazardous waste directed to disposal (tonnes)
828
621
Non-hazardous waste directed to disposal (tonnes)
320
649
Total amount of Non-recycled waste (tonnes)
1 667
1 355
Total amount of Non-recycled waste (%)
70
60
Total amount of hazardous waste (tonnes)
1 043
627
Total amount of radioactive waste (tonnes)
0
0
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202544
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
2.4 EU Taxonomy
Basis for preparation
Wilhelmsen reports on revenue (turnover), capital expenditure, and operating expenses associated with
taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned economic activities, in accordance with regulation EU (2020/852)
and its delegated acts. On 4 July 2025, the European Commission adopted a delegated act amending the
Disclosures, Climate and Environmental delegated acts that supplement the Taxonomy regulation.
Wilhelmsen has applied the contents of this delegated act for the reporting period.
The economic activities of business units consolidated in the group’s financial accounts are included in this
assessment as per the Disclosure Delegated Act. Investments in equity accounted in joint ventures (pursuant
to IFRS 11 or IAS 28) are not included, as these are voluntary disclosures. Economic activities are considered
regardless of their geographical location, whether inside or outside the European Union.
EU Taxonomy reporting policies
The financial data in this report is based on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS®) and refers
to Wilhelmsen’s 2025 consolidated financial statements. The information is prepared on a group
consolidated level and presented in US dollars (USD), as in the consolidated financial statements. All values
are rounded to the nearest USD million.
Wilhelmsen follows the development of the EU Taxonomy Regulation closely. Accordingly, any further
changes or clarification to the regulation with a material impact on current disclosures will be adopted and
transparently explained in future reporting.
Taxonomy eligibility and alignment assessment
Based on the group’s assessment of materiality, eligibility, and alignment with the EU Taxonomy,
Wilhelmsen does not report any taxonomy-aligned activities, as none of the eligible activities meet the
required Substantial Contribution criteria.
Furthermore, only CapEx is disclosed for eligible activities since both turnover and operating expenses
(OpEx) fall below the materiality thresholds specified in the regulation (see page 45 for the respective
materiality assessments).
CapEx 2025
2199023256015
Activity
reference
Activity
Eligibility assessment
Alignment assessment
Aligned
CCA 7.1
Construction of new
buildings
NorSea Group develops non-residential
buildings.
The substantial contribution criteria is not met
related to energy performance requirements.
No
CCM 7.7
Acquisition and ownership
of buildings
NorSea Group acquire real estate and
exercise ownership of those properties.
The substantial contribution criteria is not met
related to energy performance requirements.
Due to the material number of buildings in the
group, a plan for CapEx to become taxonomy-
aligned within ten years is not yet in place.
No
CCM 8.2
Data-driven solutions for
GHG emissions reductions
Raa Labs develop data-driven solutions
that can be used to optimise
operations, increase efficiency, reduce
energy consumption, and reduce
respective GHG emissions.
The substantial contribution criteria is not met as
significant lifecycle GHG emissions savings
cannot be demonstrated.
No
CE 5.5
Product-as-a-service and
other circular use and
result-oriented service
models
Ships Service's cylinder exchange
programme minimises single-use
packaging waste by leasing cylinders to
customers while retaining ownership
and managing the exchange process.
The substantial contribution criteria is not met as
the recycled material used in the cylinders are
likely below 65 % (no dedicated effort to ensure
recycled steel at this stage), and some
requirements of the EU Packaging and
Packaging Waste Directive are not fulfilled.
No
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202545
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
REPORTING POLICY ON TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES
The regulation does not differentiate between core and non-core economic or business activities. Therefore, Wilhelmsen has evaluated
economic activities as eligible if the consolidated business units either generate material turnover, or invest in material capital expenditure
(CapEx), or have material operating expenditure (OpEx) corresponding to an economic activity and can be assessed against the technical
screening criteria set out in the Climate or Environmental Delegated Acts.
Wilhelmsen does not carry out, fund, or have exposures to nuclear and fossil gas activities and therefore does not report on any KPIs related to
these activities.
The evaluation of eligible economic activities has been performed by the consolidated companies with the support of group functions to ensure
consistent reporting and to perform consolidation for Wilhelmsen. Economic activities have only been evaluated against the most relevant
activity, which eliminates the chance for double counting.
Turnover materiality assessment
The group has assessed the quantitative materiality threshold in relation to the reporting of the turnover KPI, with non-financial entities not
being required to report on the turnover KPI if the cumulative turnover resulting from the economic activities is below 10% of the denominator
of the turnover KPI.
For 2024 and 2023, eligible economic activities represented 5.8% and 4.9% of total turnover, respectively, with analysis for 2025 indicating
economic activities in line with prior years. Based on the assessment of 2025 economic activities, and taking into account prior years, the group
has concluded that the turnover KPI is immaterial for reporting under the EU Taxonomy.
OpEx materiality assessment
The group has further assessed the qualitative materiality threshold related to the reporting of the operating expenses (OpEx) KPI. The
amendments retained the existing provision that permits operating expenditure to not be assessed for taxonomy eligibility or taxonomy
alignment when it is not material for the entity’s business model.
For 2024 and 2023, the total operating expenses reported in the group’s financial statements amounted to USD 1 053 million and USD 940
million, respectively, with the denominator in the OpEx KPI amounting to USD 22 million and USD 21 million, respectively. The OpEx relevant for
the OpEx KPI represents a minor part of the group’s operating expenses due to none of the group’s main operating activities being defined in
the scope of the EU Taxonomy regulation, with items reported reflecting isolated initiatives or minor components of the group’s main
operations. Based on this, the group has assessed that the relevant operating expenses are not material for the group’s business model and
have concluded on the OpEx KPI being immaterial for reporting under the EU taxonomy. In accordance with the regulation, the group will report
on the total value of the denominator of the OpEx KPI.
Taxonomy eligible economic activities and relevant companies
Based on the group’s evaluation of taxonomy economic activities, Wilhelmsen Ships Service and NorSea Group have some economic activities
that are considered eligible under the EU Taxonomy. All other activities within these units, and the activities of all other consolidated business
units are considered non-eligible.
REPORTING POLICY ON CAPEX AND OPEX DEFINITIONS
To comply with the KPI reporting requirements contained in the Disclosure Delegated Act, Wilhelmsen has further described eligible CapEx and
the basis for the OpEx denominator as follows.
CapEx definition for taxonomy KPIs
CapEx refers to additions to capitalised property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and right-of-use assets, including additions through
business combinations. The additions are specified in note 7 Intangible and Tangible assets and in note 8 Right-of-use assets and lease
liabilities in the consolidated financial statements for 2025. CapEx is reported net of government grants related to the applicable assets. Details
of significant government grants will be presented within the financial KPIs and disclosed in the accompanying footnotes.
OpEx definition for taxonomy KPIs
OpEx refers to direct non-capitalised costs recorded in the consolidated income statement related to research and development (R&D),
building renovation measures, short-term leases, maintenance and repair, and any other direct expenditures relating to the day-to-day servicing
of assets of PP&E. Raw materials and other costs of inventory, selling and general administration expenses as well as depreciation, amortisation
and impairment are excluded. Employee benefits comprising salaries and other compensations are included in OpEx when such expenses have
been assessed to fulfil the taxonomy definition of OpEx. For Wilhelmsen, such employee benefits are primarily related to R&D activity.
REPORTING POLICY ON TAXONOMY-ALIGNED ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES
Wilhelmsen has assessed alignment in accordance with the technical screening criteria (TSC) outlined in the Climate and Environment
Delegated Acts. The TSC consist of the Substantial Contribution (SC), Do No Significant Harm (DNSH), and Minimum Safeguards (MS) criteria.
SC and DNSH are economic activity-specific criteria, whereas MS refers to group-level policy requirements, ensuring alignment with minimum
safeguards based on international standards such as the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and the UN Guiding Principles on
Business and Human Rights.
ALIGNMENT ASSESSMENT WITH MINIMUM SAFEGUARDS CRITERIA
Wilhelmsen’s activities are carried out in compliance with the minimum safeguards. Wilhelmsen has implemented due diligence processes
based on the OECD Guidelines and addresses human rights and labour rights for own workers and workers in the value chain. Due diligence
processes related to bribery, taxation, and fair competition are integrated in the compliance system and the group’s Code of Conduct
applicable to all employees.
In 2025, there were no signs of non-compliance with minimum safeguards, lack of response or collaboration with a National Contact Point, or
liability of Wilhelmsen in respect for breaches of any these topics. Further details related to minimum safeguards are available in sections S1
Own workforce (pages 48 to 57) and G1 Business conduct (pages 59 to 60).
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202546
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Proportion of turnover, CapEx, OpEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-eligible or Taxonomy-aligned economic activities – disclosure covering year 2025 (summary KPIs)
Financial year (N)
2025
KPI (1)
Total (2)
Proportion of
Taxonomy
eligible
activities (3)
Taxonomy
aligned
activities (4)
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
activities (5)
Breakdown by environmental objectives of Taxonomy aligned activities
Proportion of
enabling
activities
(12)
Proportion of
transitional
activities (13)
Not assessed
activities
considered
non-material
(14)
Taxonomy
aligned
activities in
previous
financial year
(N-1) (15)
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
activities
in previous
financial year
(N-1) (16)
Climate Change
Mitigation (6)
Climate Change
Adaptation (7)
Water (8)
Circular
Economy (9)
Pollution (10)
Biodiversity
(11)
Text
Currency
%
Currency
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Currency
%
Turnover
1 234
5
5
CapEx
119
39
OpEx
27
100
Contextual information about the turnover KPI
As most of the consolidated business units’ core business activities (generating revenues) are not yet defined in the scope of the EU Taxonomy,
with eligible activities totalling 5.8% and 4.9% of total turnover for the reporting years 2024 and 2023, the group has concluded that the
turnover KPI is immaterial for reporting under the EU taxonomy.
Contextual information about the OpEx KPI
As most of the consolidated business units’ core business activities (generating revenues) are not yet defined in the scope of the EU Taxonomy,
the group has assessed that the relevant operating expenses are not material for the group’s business model and have concluded on the OpEx
KPI being immaterial for reporting under the EU taxonomy.
Proportion of CapEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-eligible or Taxonomy-aligned economic activities – disclosure covering year 2025 (activity breakdown)
Reported KPI (CapEx)
Financial year (N)
2025
Economic Activities (1)
Code (2)
Taxonomy
eligible KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
eligible CapEx )
(3)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(monetary
value of
CapEx) (4)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned CapEx
(5)
Environmental objective of Taxonomy aligned activities
Enabling
activity
(12)
Transitional
activity (13)
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned in
Taxonomy
eligible (14)
Climate Change
Mitigation (6)
Climate Change
Adaptation (7)
Water (8)
Circular
Economy (9)
Pollution (10)
Biodiversity
(11)
Text
%
Currency
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
(E where
applicable)
(T where
applicable)
%
Product-as-a-service and other circular use- and
result-oriented service models
CE 5.5
4
Construction of new buildings
CCA 7.1
28
Acquisition and ownership of buildings
CCM 7.7
5
Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions
CCM 8.2
2
Sum of alignment per objective
Total KPI (CapEx)
39
Contextual Information about the CapEx KPI
The figures in the CapEx KPI include additions to tangible assets, intangible assets, right-of-use assets, as well as assets acquired through
business combination. As most of the consolidated business units’ core business activities (generating revenues) are not yet defined in the
scope of the EU Taxonomy, only some of the activity related to property and digital solutions are reported as eligible in the CapEx KPI. There are
no aligned economic activities.
CapEx plan
As Wilhelmsen does not have material eligible activities based on the current taxonomy, there is no CapEx plan related to alignment. Wilhelmsen
plans to continue to monitor developments and the extension of the EU Taxonomy.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202547
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Social information
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202548
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
3.1 S1 Own workforce
Wilhelmsen’s strategic ambition is to have an engaging and safe workplace with no harm to people and a
culture where each employee is valued for their contribution and feels motivated and safe to voice their
opinion. The group is committed to safeguarding human rights across all its businesses, irrespective of the
countries in which they operate. The group’s corporate values - customer centred, empowerment, learning
and innovation, stewardship, and teaming and collaboration - govern behaviour and are acted upon
consistently to deliver the right results the right way.
ESRS 2 SBM-3 S1 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and business model
Employees and non-employees are considered within the scope of material impacts (see table), and it is
understood that certain individuals may be at greater risk of harm due to their type of work, location, or
other characteristics. To address this, the group conducts regular due diligence, risk assessments, gathers
employee feedback, implements training and awareness programmes, analyses health and safety data, and
collaborates with industry experts to identify mitigation actions.
Specific groups
Type of involvement
Potential impacts
Employees (permanent,
temporary, expats, trainees,
interns, and apprentices)
Directly employed by Wilhelmsen, working in various roles
across offices, bases, warehouses, and port areas.
Exposure to hazardous conditions
(particularly operational workers),
discrimination, harassment, bullying,
corruption and bribery demands, labour
rights violations, and data privacy breaches.
Non-employees: seafarers
Work onboard vessels under a contractual arrangement with a
ship owner/operator and maintain an ongoing relationship with
Ship Management. When Ship Management holds a technical
management contract with the ship owner/operator and
oversees the vessel’s safety management system, the
seafarers are considered as non- employees. On the other
hand, if Ship Management has a crew management contract
with the owner/operator, without technical management or
control over the vessel’s safety management system, the
seafarers are considered as value chain workers in accordance
with the ESRS definition.
Exposure to hazardous conditions,
discrimination, harassment, bullying,
corruption and bribery demands, labour
rights violations, and data privacy breaches.
Non-employee: self-
employed people
Provide services such as professional services, maintenance,
and technical expertise to Wilhelmsen on a contractual basis
but are not directly employed by the group.
Inconsistent labour practices and lack of
adherence to safety standards.
Non-employee: people
provided by third-party
agencies
Support Wilhelmsen’s operations in various capacities, such as
professional services, logistics, maintenance, and other
essential services.
Inconsistent labour practices and lack of
adherence to safety standards.
Material impacts related to own workforce
Material impacts on own workforce have been identified related to equal treatment and opportunities for all,
and health and safety. The impacts are mainly related to individual incidents involving own workforce on
land, whereas they can be considered more systemic in the maritime industry related to seafarers working
on vessels. Within the maritime industry, seafarers may face demands for recruitment fees, which could
result in potential risks of forced labour. There have been no identified material risks of incidents of child
labour related to own workforce.
Equal treatment and opportunities for all
The group’s workforce may be exposed to discrimination, harassment, or bullying in their interactions with
colleagues, value chain workers, or business partners. The potential for exposure is higher for minorities,
such as those based on gender or ethnicity, and for certain roles, such as junior positions. Factors such as the
operational environment, location, and size of the operation can also influence the risk. For seafarers,
impacts include the potential of being deprived of leisure time when unable to take shore leave or sign off as
scheduled, working conditions affecting physical and mental well-being, and harassment and
discrimination in the workplace. Incidents can cause physical and/or emotional trauma for affected
individuals, loss of earning power, and reduced well-being for co-workers, affecting the overall work
environment.
Health and safety
Wilhelmsen conducts operations at bases, warehouses, vessels, port areas, and offices in 53 countries, with a
workforce consisting of 93 nationalities. The group’s value proposition, which includes providing 24/7
services, can create pressure on labour rights within its operations. This is particularly relevant when
striving to deliver cost-effective and efficient services, which may lead to increased workloads and stress
among employees. Health and safety incidents affecting the group’s workforce are a significant risk.
Employees and seafarers performing activities onboard vessels, in port or base facilities, or in warehouses
around the world face higher risks of physical and psychosocial harm due to operational hazards, exposure
to weather conditions, or working conditions. These incidents can lead to negative outcomes for affected
individuals, including physical and/or emotional trauma, loss of earning power for families, and reduced
well-being for co-workers, impacting the overall safety culture.
Transition plan
Wilhelmsen has not yet adopted a transition plan for climate change mitigation, however, the group
recognises the potential impacts on its workforce from transition activities. These transition activities may
lead to changes in job roles and responsibilities, requiring seafarers and employees to undergo reskilling or
upskilling. This could include skills related to emissions reduction technologies, alternative fuels
management, environmental compliance, digital technologies, and renewable energy integration. Adapting
to new technologies and processes may result in increased workloads and stress among employees.
Additionally, changes in operational practices may require employees to adapt to new workflows and
procedures, which could impact overall efficiency and productivity. While these activities aim to minimise
environmental impact, they may also present challenges for the workforce in terms of adapting to new
demands and maintaining performance levels.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202549
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Material risks and opportunities related to own workforce
The group has evaluated potential financial risks and opportunities arising from impacts and dependencies
on its own workforce, however, no material risks or opportunities were identified.
S1-1 Policies related to own workforce
The group’s policies to manage its material impacts on own workforce related to equal opportunities for all
and health and safety are the Human Rights commitment, Owner’s statement, and Code of Conduct (please
refer to G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture on page 59). When setting the policies, the
interests of own workforce are considered based on feedback received through engagement surveys,
trainings, whistles, working environment committees, trade unions, and from human resources personnel,
to keep the policies relevant and effective. Any material changes made to the policies are documented and
communicated in the group’s management system. As these policies derive from the requirements
contained in the group’s Owner’s statement, the group CEO is the most senior level in the organisation
accountable for their implementation. The key policy documents are used for managing material impacts
concerning its own workforce. It addresses health and safety, and equal treatment and opportunities for all,
which applies to both employees and non-employees.
The group enforces a zero-tolerance policy for bullying, harassment, and discrimination on any grounds,
ensuring all employees have the right to equal treatment and opportunities.
The policy specifically covers discrimination based on racial and ethnic origin, colour, sex, sexual
orientation, gender identity, disability, age, religion, political opinion, national extraction, and social origin.
The group’s policy commitments related to inclusion and action for people from groups at particular risk of
vulnerability in its own workforce are comprehensive. Responsibility for promoting equal treatment and
opportunities is assigned to top management. This policy is implemented through specific procedures to
prevent discrimination and act upon once detected, as well as to advance equality, diversity and inclusion in
general. In previous years, a statement of compliance with the Norwegian Equality and Anti-Discrimination
Act was included in the consolidated Annual report. From 2025, in line with regulatory requirements, only
those subsidiaries directly subject to the Act provide a statement of compliance in their respective annual
reports.
Human rights commitment
Wilhelmsen is committed to respecting human and labour rights across all its operations. The group expects
all business units and supply chain partners to adhere to these standards. The group’s policies align with the
UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights
at Work, prohibiting modern slavery, human trafficking, forced labour, exploitative practices, slavery, and
child labour. Wilhelmsen follows a human rights due diligence process, guided by the UN Guiding
Principles on Business and Human Rights and OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises on
Responsible Business Conduct (OECD Guidelines). This involves assessing human rights impacts,
integrating findings, monitoring progress, and communicating responses.
Significant human rights relevant to Wilhelmsen include providing safe, healthy, and decent working
conditions free from bullying and harassment, ensuring fair treatment without discrimination, and
supporting employees’ career development. Discrimination specifically refers to race, colour, religion,
gender, age, nationality, sexual orientation, disability, or any status protected by law. Compliance with
these commitments is required from all employees and suppliers, with a preference for third parties who
share these standards.
The group commits to undertake ongoing due diligence in business units to identify and address any actual
or potential adverse impacts where the group or its suppliers may be involved (whether directly or
indirectly). Stakeholders can raise concerns via a whistle-blower channel or request information through
email. The group communicates its commitment on its website and reviews it periodically for relevance and
improvement. A statement of compliance with the Norwegian Transparency Act is made each year and
published on wilhelmsen.com.
Health and safety management systems
Wilhelmsen’s business units have comprehensive health and safety management systems in place. NorSea
Group’s operating companies, Port Services, Ships Service, Global Business Services, and Wilhelmsen
Chemicals are certified according to the ISO 45001 occupational health and safety standard. Ship
Management have a comprehensive health and safety management system and are certified to operate ships
as per the International Safety Management (ISM) Code. In relation to seafarers, Ship Management’s
operations comply with the Maritime Labour Convention (MLC) requirements. The group’s management
systems foster a safety culture, emphasising the responsibility of every individual to perform work safely
and securely, with the authority to halt unsafe activities.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202550
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives about
impacts
Employee engagement occurs directly between employees and management through the line organisation,
and between workers’ representatives and management where applicable.
Engagement activities are ongoing, with specific events conducted as a part of annual processes. The annual
performance review between employees and their direct managers is used to recognise achievements,
discuss development areas, and agree on targets for the upcoming period. Working environment, values-
based behaviour and relations with the manager are a part of the discussion. The review is documented and
followed up mid-year.
Additionally, an employee engagement survey is conducted at least annually to gather feedback on various
workplace matters. Some business units have implemented higher frequency surveys. Based on these
surveys, senior management and individual managers in all locations hold follow-up discussions with their
teams to implement relevant actions, ensuring employee feedback is addressed and used to improve the
working environment and people strategies. Senior executives and the board are informed of the survey
results, incorporating employee feedback into decision-making processes. Where applicable, Works councils
or workers’ representatives meet with management to ensure employee concerns are heard and addressed.
The function of ensuring engagement with workers and their representatives about impacts falls under the
operational responsibility of the respective business unit president. As these processes derive from the
requirements contained in the group’s Owner’s statement, the group CEO is the most senior level in the
organisation accountable for their implementation.
For seafarers, Ship Management engages directly with its workforce to ensure their well-being. Engagement
includes pre-joining briefings before boarding vessels. The management team, vessel or fleet manager, and
internal auditors conduct vessel operational excellence visits, vessel inspections, and internal audits.
External parties, such as external auditors and regulatory body inspectors, may also engage directly with
seafarers, focusing on health, safety, and working conditions as per MLC requirements. Vessel manager
inspections occur twice per year per vessel, while internal and external audits are conducted annually, with
additional audits as required. Safety campaigns are carried out onboard whenever an undesired event is
reported. Onshore, engagement with seafarers includes officer and cadet conferences.
Ship Management has agreements with workers’ representatives to ensure the respect of human rights for
its workforce. All seafarers are covered by either a collective bargaining agreement (CBA) or a special
agreement approved by the International Transport Workers’ Federation (ITF). The ITF, along with its
country affiliates, represents the interests of seafarers, providing the business unit with insights into the
perspectives of its workforce.
Ship Management complies with Maritime Labour Convention (MLC), including requirements on non-
discrimination, and runs programmes to increase the number of female seafarers in its pool. The business
unit has human resource and occupational health policies in place, and practices to support a culture
onboard where seafarers are empowered to monitor the workplace and participate in safety efforts.
Compliance is verified through internal and external audits conducted by trained and qualified auditors
covering both ship and shore processes.
Ship Management assesses the effectiveness of its engagement with its workforce by assigning vessel
managers and HSEQ managers the responsibility of following up with vessels to ensure the implementation
of preventive actions. This process is guided by the experience feedback flowchart, which helps in
evaluating and improving engagement strategies with workers and their representatives regarding impacts.
S1-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise
concerns
Wilhelmsen has adopted multiple channels for its workforce to raise concerns or needs directly with the
group, ensuring prompt and effective resolution. These channels include grievance mechanisms, meetings
or forums, and informal mechanisms. Regular meetings and forums, such as working environment
committees or town hall meetings provide a structured environment for open communication between
employees and management. Informal mechanisms allow employees to discuss issues with supervisors or
human resources representatives in settings such as one-on-one meetings or casual conversations. The
group also uses employee feedback mechanisms, such as engagement surveys, to gather insights and
address workplace concerns.
The group’s whistleblowing channel, is accessible on its intranet and website and is specifically designed for
receiving and processing grievances or allegations related to human rights. It is written in plain English,
available in multiple languages, guarantees confidentiality, and offers appropriate protection for
stakeholders. The Code of Conduct and whistleblowing channel specifically forbids retaliation against
whistleblowers. For seafarers, Ship Management provides access to qualified health service providers,
Mission to Seafarers chaplains, and a grievance procedure for seafarers during debriefing, further
supporting the workforce in raising and addressing their concerns.
The group’s grievance and complaints handling mechanism is structured to systematically address
whistleblowing cases. The group’s compliance officer initially reviews grievances or allegations from
whistles and assigns a case handler from the relevant entity and function. The case handler follows a four-
step process: confirmation, evaluation, investigation and information collection, and conclusion.
For grievances reported by a seafarer onboard, the Designated Person Ashore (DPA) from Ship Management
is the initial point of contact. The DPA is responsible for receiving and working with the technical
management centre in resolving the seafarer’s grievances. If a seafarer has already signed off a vessel, the
seafarer can approach the manning centre to report grievances. If grievances remain unresolved, Ship
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202551
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Management engages in discussions and arbitration. Should the issue persist, a complaint can be lodged
with the relevant authorities.
The group addresses material negative impacts on its workforce by implementing measures based on
annual human rights due diligence assessments. These measures include revising or creating new policies
and conducting audits and campaigns to cease, prevent, or mitigate adverse impacts. The results of these
mitigation activities are reported to senior executives and the board at least annually, while grievance
handling and information requests are reported quarterly. If the group directly causes or contributes to
harmful human rights impacts, it promotes access to or provides fair remediation. In the case of
remediation, the effectiveness of the remediation efforts would be monitored for potential adjustments as
needed. Regular reviews would be used to ensure that the remediation is achieving its intended outcomes
and that any new issues are promptly addressed.
For seafarers, mental health support is offered through guidance in Ship Management’s health and safety
management system (SMS), health campaigns, and consultations with qualified health professionals during
officer conferences. Contact details for external health experts, such as ISWAN, are also provided. Seafarers
have free access to health and wellness materials and can contact the designated person ashore (DPA) or
external qualified health service providers for consultations or grievances. Seafarers also have access to
Mission to Seafarers chaplains when possible. Seafarers receive information about grievance mechanisms
during the pre-joining briefing, and after signing off, seafarers can also provide feedback through the
grievance of seafarer procedure during debriefing. Additionally, the whistleblowing channel available on
the group’s website, allows seafarers to raise complaints anonymously.
The group ensures the effectiveness of the grievance channels through monitoring the type and volume of
cases received, reports from the human resource function, and results from engagement surveys and Code
of Conduct training. Management reviews the results of these processes to assess the understanding,
awareness and trust in the grievance channels and identify improvement areas.
_75A5182_3200pxl.jpg
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202552
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to managing risks and pursuing opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions
Wilhelmsen ensures that its actions do not cause or contribute to material negative impacts on its workforce
through regular monitoring and assessments conducted by specialist functions (e.g. human resources,
health and safety resources etc.) and management to evaluate workplace conditions and mitigate potential
risks.
The group dedicates resources to secure compliance with regulations and standards, such as ISO 45001 and
the ISM Code, is maintained to ensure a safe and healthy working environment. Business units assign
competent resources to ensure that the health and safety management systems support a proactive safety
culture, emphasising the responsibility of every individual to perform work safely and securely, with the
authority to halt unsafe activities.
Regular training on health, safety, and responsible practices is provided to employees. Internal audits are
conducted to ensure compliance with safety regulations and identify areas for improvement. Management
reviews are regularly performed to assess the effectiveness of these measures and make necessary
adjustments. Regular risk assessments, including safety, operational, and cyber security risks, are
conducted to further safeguard the workforce.
In addition, business units perform human rights due diligence assessments at least annually to identify
actual and potential impacts that require measures to cease, prevent, or mitigate negative impacts. This
involves rating the severity and likelihood of each impact and determining appropriate responses based on
these ratings.
A heat map of the impacts highlights the human rights most relevant to own workforce, such as providing
safe and decent working conditions, and ensuring fair treatment without discrimination. For seafarers,
impacts identified include potential of being deprived of leisure when unable to take shore leave or sign off
as scheduled, working conditions affecting physical and mental well-being, harassment and discrimination
in the workplace, and potentially being subject to demands for recruitment fees.
Additionally, Wilhelmsen conducts annual risk assessments at the group level, incorporating human rights
elements to ensure comprehensive evaluation and response to potential impacts. This structured approach
ensures that the group effectively addresses and communicates how it manages human rights impacts on its
workforce. The findings from the assessment and planned actions are presented to the senior executives and
board.
From a positive impact perspective, Wilhelmsen is dedicated to creating an engaging and safe work
environment promoting equal opportunities and offering professional management and growth
opportunities for employees. The company is committed to fostering a culture that enables all employees to
contribute and create value. It ensures professional and consistent management, while providing ample
opportunities for employees to grow and excel.
Wilhelmsen has not identified any actual material impacts requiring remedy in relation to its workforce,
and therefore, no specific actions have been taken to provide or enable remedy for such impacts.
Health and safety
In 2025, the group’s business units continued the important work of building a safety culture, particularly
towards employees and seafarers exposed to higher risks related to operations at ports, on vessels, and at
production, base and warehouse sites around the world. The actions included safety training, safety shares,
site and vessel visits, management visits, audits and campaigns. Work related illness metrics have been
monitored during the year. The expected outcomes of these ongoing actions are heightened awareness of
health and safety risks and controls, and safe working conditions. Continuous improvement in safety
measures and protocols will remain in focus in 2026.
Equal treatment and opportunities for all
In 2025, the group continued its focus on employees development and training, in addition to working with
the results of the annual engagement survey. A job classification structure was developed to provide better
insights into potential pay disparities. For seafarers, actions included signing off as scheduled, with contract
extensions made only with mutual consent and never beyond the time stipulated in the collective
bargaining agreement (CBA). The expected outcomes of these actions are engaged employees and a safe
workplace where employees can develop and voice their views. Continuous improvement based on
engagement survey results and detected incidents, and further analysis of job classifications will be in focus
in 2026.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202553
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities
The group has set targets related to its own
workforce. Employees are not directly engaged in
setting these targets however, they have access to
information tracking the group’s performance
and improvements, through the group’s intranet
and scheduled events.
Objective
Metric
Base year
Baseline
Target
2025
2024
Improve employee satisfaction and retention through engagement initiatives.
Employee engagement score (points)
2023
8.1
>8
8.1
8.2
Broaden the talent pool to enhance decision-making and competencies.
Top management gender balance (%)
2022
25
>30
36
34
Internal boards gender balance (%)
2022
14
>30
43
40
Zero work-related fatalities.
Work-related fatalities (number)
2022
0
0
0
3
Minimise work-related incidents and injuries.
Lost time injury frequency rate (rate) - employees
2022
2.00
Not exceeding 2.0
2.05
1.37
Lost time injury frequency rate (rate) - seafarers
2022
0.25
Not exceeding 0.4
0.28
0.34
Total recordable case frequency rate (rate) - employees
2022
0.79
Not exceeding 5.0
2.53
2.35
Total recordable case frequency rate (rate) - seafarers
2022
1.86
Not exceeding 2.8
1.77
3.28
Employee engagement
The annual employee engagement survey measures the group’s
ability to provide an engaging and safe work environment. This
target aligns with the group’s policy objectives of fostering a
positive workplace culture and ensuring employee wellbeing.
The survey encompasses various aspects of the work
environment, including workload, environment, management
support, strategy, meaningful work, accomplishment, growth, and
reward. It is conducted among all employees in the group’s global
operations. The survey utilises a standardised questionnaire from
Workday Peakon which is based on industry best practices for
employee engagement. The survey is distributed electronically,
with responses collected anonymously to ensure candid
feedback.
The participation rate in 2025 was 86%, assuming sufficient
representation of the workforce’s views. The target aligns with
national, EU, and international policy goals related to workplace
safety and employee engagement, considering the wider context
of sustainable development by promoting a healthy and
supportive work environment. The survey aims to achieve
improved employee satisfaction and safety, contributing to the
overall well-being of the workforce.
The target is greater than 8.0 points out of 10, and the result in
2025 of 8.1points shows a consistent and positive high
engagement. Senior management and individual managers in all
locations are required to conduct follow-up discussions with their
teams. Where results are less than the expected benchmark,
managers are required to implement specific actions to improve
results.
Gender balance in top management and internal boards
The group has a strategic target in its strategy and Owner’s
statement to achieve a 40% gender balance in the top three
management levels and internal boards by 2030, with an interim
target of 30% by 2025. The top three levels are defined as: the
group CEO at level 0, senior executives at level 1, the business
unit presidents and other group-level management at level 2, and
the business units’ management teams at level 3. Internal boards
are those of the group’s business units.
The methodologies used to define this target included an analysis
of current gender representation, benchmarking against industry
standards, and alignment with EU, international, and Norwegian
policy goals on gender equality. The target considers the wider
context of sustainable development by aiming to improve gender
diversity and aligns with the United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals (UNSDGs). The intended outcomes are to
access the broadest talent pool enabling more diverse
competencies and decision-making. At the end of the reporting
period, females represented 36% of top three management
positions in the group, and 43% of board members in business
unit boards, which is on target.
Health and safety – work-related fatalities
The group aims to have a safe and engaging workplace with zero
work-related fatalities or other work-related harm to people. This
metric measures the number of work-related fatalities involving
onshore employees and seafarers under Ship Management
technical management contracts. Seafarers under crew
management contracts are excluded from this target because
Wilhelmsen does not have control over the safety management
systems of those vessels. The target is zero fatalities, and none
occurred in the reporting period.
Health and safety – lost time injury frequency (LTIF) rate and
total recordable case frequency (TRCF) rate
The group aims to have a safe and engaging workplace with zero
work-related fatalities or other work-related harm to people. The
lost time injury frequency (LTIF) rate tracks the frequency of work-
related injuries that result in time away from work. The total
recordable case frequency (TRCF) rate tracks the frequency of
work-related injuries, including those that may require medical
treatment. The group’s TRCF rate definition is the same as the
ESRS S1-14 Recordable work-related accidents (rate).
The two metrics serve as a reflection of the overall safety culture
and incident prevention measures. The targets include all
measures and practices aimed at preventing work-related injuries
and fatalities and applies to all onshore employees in the group’s
global operations and seafarers under technical management
contracts. Seafarers under crew management contracts are
excluded from this target because Wilhelmsen does not have
control over the safety management systems of those vessels.
Data is collected from internal incident reports, safety records,
and exposure hours from human resources systems.
The target assumes that historical performance data is accurate
and that benchmarking against comparable results in the maritime
sector is relevant and reliable. The target aligns with national, EU,
and international policy goals related to workplace health and
safety, considering the wider context of sustainable development
by promoting a safe and healthy work environment. It aims to
achieve zero work-related fatalities and minimise other work-
related harm, contributing to the overall safety and well-being of
the workforce.
The LTIF and TRCF rates are monitored by business units on an
operational level and presented to senior executives and the
board on a quarterly basis. This monitoring ensures that incidents
are promptly addressed and deviations from the target are
identified. The definitions and methodologies of the LTIF rate and
TRCF rate are reviewed annually to ensure consistency and
comparability over time. The target is based on historical
performance of the group’s business units and is benchmarked
against comparable results in the maritime sector.
The LTIF rate for seafarers was within target in the reporting
period, whilst the rate for onshore employees was negatively
above target, highlighting the need for ongoing safety focus. The
TRCF rate remained within target for both onshore employees
and seafarers.
The group will continue to follow up the results of safety surveys,
ongoing campaigns and trainings to strengthen safety awareness.
This includes conducting safety drills, holding safety talks,
providing training, arranging visits from shore management
personnel to vessels, and running continuous awareness
campaigns to ensure everyone can apply the safety protocols.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202554
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
Headcount is based on the number of employees registered in the human resources systems on 31 December 2025. Employees include
permanent, temporary, expatriates, trainees, interns, and apprentices. Permanent employees include permanent and expatriate sub-worker
types, while temporary employees include apprentice, intern, temporary, and trainee sub-worker types. A significant assumption is that all data
is accurate and up to date in the human resources system. Some data may be restricted due to legal reasons, and potential discrepancies
across departments or regions could affect data accuracy. The headcount can be cross-referenced to Note 6: Employee benefits, Number of
employees on page 84.
Total employees (headcount)
The number of employee headcount at year-end including permanent, temporary, expatriates, trainees, interns, and apprentices.
Employees, by gender (headcount)
The total number of employee headcount split per gender category. Employee’s gender is recorded based on employees’ own registration as
male, female, other or not reported.
Employees, by region and significant countries (headcount)
The total number of employee headcount by type and region and the split per major countries (countries exceeding 10% of total group
headcount).
Employee turnover (number, rate)
The total number of employees leaving the group during the year, and for turnover rate, divided by the headcount at the end of the year.
Employees, by contract type and by gender (headcount)
The total number of employee headcount split per gender and contract type. A permanent employee works in a normal long-term job role
without a predetermined end-date in their contract. A temporary employee works in a temporary job role lasting for a defined period of time as
defined by the end-date in their agreement. The group does not currently have non-guaranteed hours employees.
Employees, by gender (headcount)
2025
2024
Male
3 568
3 682
Female
1 926
2 083
Other
Not reported
1
1
Total employees
5 495
5 766
Employees, by region (headcount)
Africa, Middle
East and Black
Sea
Americas
Asia Pacific
Europe
including
Nordics
Total
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Number of employees
621
733
302
313
1 421
1 576
3 151
3 144
5 495
5 766
Number of permanent employees
612
722
299
310
1 346
1 514
2 906
2 898
5 163
5 444
Number of temporary employees
9
11
3
3
75
62
220
246
307
322
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees
25
25
Employees, by significant countries (headcount)
2025
2024
Norway
1 454
1 405
Malaysia
640
600
Other countries
3 401
3 761
Employee turnover (number, rate)
2025
2024
Employees who left the company during the reporting period (number)
987
997
Employee turnover rate (percent)
18
17
Employees, by contract type and by gender
(headcount)
Female
Male
Other
Not disclosed
Total
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Number of employees
1 926
2 083
3 568
3 682
1
1
5 495
5 766
Number of permanent employees
1 846
1 989
3 316
3 454
1
1
5 163
5 444
Number of temporary employees
77
94
230
228
307
322
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees
3
22
25
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202555
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
S1-7 Characteristics of non-employees in own workforce
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
The most material non-employees in Wilhelmsen’s workforce are seafarers under Ship Management’s technical management contracts. These
individuals are defined as non-employees in own workforce because Wilhelmsen signs the employment contract on behalf of customers who
are vessel owners. As ship managers, Wilhelmsen exercises employer responsibility towards the crew, while the vessel’s owner remains the true
employer. A significant assumption is that all data is accurate and up to date in Ship Management’s crew management system.
Total non-employees (headcount)
The number of non-employee headcount at year-end. This refers to the number of seafarers that are included in the pool for Ship Management
at yearend. The headcount can be cross-referenced to Note 6: Employee benefits, Seagoing personnel Ship Management on page 84.
Non-employee metric
2025
2024
Non-employees (headcount)
14 732
12 231
S1-9 Diversity metrics
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
These metrics are related to the impacts on people and potential for discrimination in own operations. An entity-specific metric is defined for
gender distribution in internal boards.
Top management gender distribution (headcount, %)
The gender distribution of members of management in the group’s top three levels of management, where the group CEO is level 0, the group’s
senior executives are level 1, business unit presidents and other group management are level 2, and business units’ management are level 3. A
significant assumption is that all data is accurate and up to date in the human resources system.
Employee age group distribution (headcount, %)
The total number of employees at year-end divided into three age groups: under 30 years old, between 30 and 50 years old, and over 50 years
old. A significant assumption is that all data is accurate and up to date in the human resources system.
Entity-specific - Internal board roles gender distribution (number, %)
The number of board roles in consolidated business units (“internal boards”), split per gender of board member. Individuals can be members of
multiple boards. A significant assumption is that all board membership data is accurate and up to date.
Entity-specific - Employee engagement score (points)
The aggregated score of survey responses from all employees participating in the annual survey, with maximum score of 10 points. A significant
assumption is that all data is accurate and up to date in the Workday Peakon system and reflects the views of employees.
Diversity metrics
2025
2024
Top management gender distribution
Females (headcount)
22
23
Males (headcount)
39
44
Not disclosed (headcount)
Females (percent)
36
34
Males (percent)
64
66
Not disclosed (percent)
Employee age group distribution
Under 30 years old (headcount)
1 235
1 097
30-50 years old (headcount)
2 908
3 265
Over 50 years old (headcount)
1 352
1 404
Under 30 years old (percent)
22
19
30-50 years old (percent)
53
57
Over 50 years old (percent)
25
24
Entity-specific - internal board roles gender distribution
Females (number)
21
18
Males (number)
28
27
Not disclosed (number)
Females (percent)
43
40
Males (percent)
57
60
Not disclosed (percent)
Entity-specific - employee engagement score (points)
8.1
8.2
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202556
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
S1-14 Health and safety metrics
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING PRINCIPLES
These metrics are related to the impacts on people and health and safety incidents in own operations. Cases of work-related ill-health and
number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities, and work-related ill health are not reported as per the ESRS1 appendix C phase in
provisions. 100% of the group’s own workforce are covered by health and safety management systems based on established standards such
as ISO 45001 or ISM Code for seafarers.
Recordable work-related accidents (number)
The number of accidents occurred while engaged in work-related activities by employees and non-employees. This includes accidents
happening during working hours while performing work-related tasks. The total number includes lost time injuries, restricted work cases, and
medical treatment incidents. A significant assumption is that accidents have been dutifully and accurately reported in the relevant incident
reporting systems.
Recordable work-related accidents (rate)
The total number of work-related accidents reported for the year per million total hours worked by employees and non-employees (seafarers).
For employees, the total hours worked are estimated based on normal or standard hours of work in the location. The hours are not taking into
account entitlements to periods of paid leave of absence from work (for example, paid vacations, paid sick leave, public holidays). A significant
assumption is that data is accurate in the human resource system and normal or standard hours are applied consistently, and that accidents
have been dutifully and accurately reported in the relevant incident reporting systems.
For seafarers (non-employees), the total hours worked are estimated based on the nature of exposure being 24 hours a day seven days a week
whilst onboard. The total hours worked are calculated based on the weekly reports submitted by each vessel. Each vessel will submit its
headcount onboard, which is multiplied by 24 hours a day by seven days a week. The total number of weekly exposure hours are tallied to make
up the annual exposure hours. Seafarers work on a rotational basis, and the figure here refers to the number of seafarers who worked onboard
vessels under Ship Management’s technical management in the reporting period. A significant assumption is that data is accurate in the weekly
reports and exposure hours are applied consistently, and that accidents have been dutifully and accurately reported in the relevant incident
reporting systems.
Fatalities (number)
The number of work-related fatalities of the group’s employees and non-employees (seafarers), and fatalities occurring at Wilhelmsen sites and
vessels under technical management of Ship Management, involving other workers who are not part of the group’s own workforce. A significant
assumption is that accidents have been dutifully and accurately reported in the relevant incident reporting systems.
Lost time injury frequency (LTIF) (rate)
The total number of work-related lost time injuries reported for the year per million total hours worked by employees and non-employees
(seafarers). Work-related is an occurrence arising out of or in the course of work as per the ESRS Annex II definitions. Lost time injuries are the
sum of the number of work-related fatalities, permanent total disability (PTD), permanent partial disability (PPD) and number of Lost workday
cases (LWC). A LWC is an injury which results in an individual being unable to carry out any of their duties or to return to work on a scheduled
work shift on the day following the injury (unless caused by delays in getting medical treatment).
For employees, the total hours worked are estimated based on normal or standard hours of work in the location. The hours are not taking into
account entitlements to periods of paid leave of absence from work (for example, paid vacations, paid sick leave, public holidays). A significant
assumption is that data is accurate in the human resource system and normal or standard hours are applied consistently, and that accidents
have been dutifully and accurately reported in the relevant incident reporting systems.
For seafarers (non-employees), the total hours worked are estimated based on the nature of exposure being 24 hours a day seven days a week
whilst onboard. The total hours worked are calculated based on the weekly reports submitted by each vessel. Each vessel will submit its
headcount onboard, which is multiplied by 24 hours a day by seven days a week. The total number of weekly exposure hours are tallied to make
up the annual exposure hours. Seafarers work on a rotational basis, and the figure here refers to the number of seafarers who worked onboard
vessels under Ship Management’s technical management in the reporting period. A significant assumption is that data is accurate in the weekly
reports and exposure hours are applied consistently, and that accidents have been dutifully and accurately reported in the relevant incident
reporting systems.
Health and safety metrics
2025
2024
Employees in the company’s own workforce
Fatalities as a result of work-related injuries (number)
0
1
Recordable work-related accidents (number)
29
23
Recordable work-related accidents (rate)
2.71
2.25
Entity-specific - Lost time injury frequency (rate)
2.05
1.37
Non-employees (seafarers) in the company’s own workforce
Fatalities as a result of work-related injuries (number)
0
2
Recordable work-related accidents (number)
75
133
Recordable work-related accidents (rate)
1.77
3.28
Entity-specific - Lost time injury frequency (rate)
0.28
0.34
Other workers
Fatalities as a result of work-related injuries (number)
0
2
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202557
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
S1-16 Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration)
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
These metrics are related to the impacts on people from potential discrimination in own operations.
Part-time employees in the Maritime Services segment, representing 2% of the total employee workforce, were excluded from the
remuneration metrics calculations to avoid statistical distortion, as their prorated compensation structure is not comparable to full-time annual
pay and does not materially affect the metric.
The employee data was extracted from the group’s various human resources systems as of 1 November 2025 to enable timely and controlled
reporting of the metrics. Base salary in 2025 and bonus paid out in 2025 in USD are the basis for the calculations.
This is the second year of reporting global remuneration metrics across 53 countries. As such, a significant assumption is that all the data has
been gathered from the various human resources systems globally and processed consistently to arrive at hourly pay per employee, median
pay and bonus.
Gender pay gap (%)
The difference between the total average hourly pay of males and females, expressed as a percentage of the average pay of males.
Remuneration ratio (ratio)
The ratio between the annualised pay and bonus paid out of the highest paid individual and the median of all employees, excluding the highest
paid individual. The salary figures used to calculate the total remuneration ratio are not adjusted for purchasing power differences between
countries. In the reporting period, the highest-paid individual’s bonus comprised both a Short-Term Incentive (STI) payout linked to the 2024
fiscal year, and a Long-Term Incentive (LTI) payout accrued over the 2021–2024 fiscal years, with the latter being the main reason behind the
increase from 2024 to 2025.
Remuneration metrics
2025
2024
Gender pay gap (percent)
30
31
Remuneration ratio (ratio)
39.4
16.4
S1-17 Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
These metrics are related to the impacts on people from potential discrimination in own operations.
Incidents of discrimination and harassment (number)
The total number of whistles registered in the group’s whistle-blowing system and classified as discrimination related. Whistles related to both
employees and non-employees (seafarers) are included. A significant assumption is that the data provided accurately reflects incidents.
Complaints related to social and human rights incidents filed through channels for own workers (number)
The total number of whistles registered in the group’s whistle-blowing system regarding social and human rights incidents, excluding those
related to discrimination and harassment, identified during the reporting period. Whistles related to both employees and non-employees
(seafarers) are included. Whistles in this category include allegations of safety breaches, not protecting personal data, mismanagement, and
unfair dismissals. A significant assumption is that the data provided accurately reflects complaints made.
Complaints filed through National Contact Points for OECD Responsible Business Conduct (number):
The total number of complaints filed with body during the reporting period. A significant assumption is that the data provided accurately reflects
complaints filed.
Fines, penalties, and compensation paid resulting from work-related incidents and complaints (USD million)
The total amount of money spent on fines, penalties and compensation resulting from the incidents of discrimination and harassment and other
social human rights cases, paid during the reporting period. Associated legal costs are excluded. A significant assumption is that the data
provided accurately reflects payments made. No monetary amounts are disclosed that require reconciliation with the financial statements.
Severe human rights incidents connected to the company’s workforce (number)
The total number of confirmed work-related severe human rights cases identified during the reporting period. The scope includes severe
human rights violations as defined by the UN Guiding principles on Business and Human Rights, ILO Declaration of Fundamental Principles and
Rights at work and/or OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. A significant assumption is that the data provided accurately reflects
incidents.
Work-related grievances, incidents and complaints metrics
2025
2024
Incidents of discrimination, including harassment (number)
31
23
Complaints filed through channels for own workers to raise concerns (including grievance mechanisms) (number)
16
15
Complaints filed through channels for own workers to raise concerns (including grievance mechanisms) to the National
Contact Points for OECD Multinational Enterprises (number)
0
0
Fines, penalties, and compensation for damages as a result of incidents and complaints (USD million)
0
0
Severe human rights incidents connected to the company’s workforce (number)
0
0
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202558
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Governance information
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202559
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
4.1 G1 Business conduct
Wilhelmsen’s ambition is to be a responsible, trusted, and compliant value chain partner. To ensure sound
governance, a robust management system is in place. In the global maritime industry, there is potential for
incidents of fraud, corruption, and bribery, such as facilitation payments. These incidents can result in
financial loss, reputational damage, and compliance violations, affecting multiple business units in the
group. Addressing these risks is essential to maintain the group’s integrity and operational stability,
protecting stakeholders including employees, customers, and investors.
Individuals or groups within Wilhelmsen’s workforce may be subject to fraud, corruption and bribery
demands, particularly those involved in awarding contracts or engaged in ship/shore interface operations.
Seafarers applying for roles may face illegal demands for recruitment fees from undesirable actors.
Such incidents can lead to physical or emotional trauma, financial loss, including indebtedness, loss of
reputation, and legal consequences, impacting the affected individuals and their families. Retaliation
against whistleblowers could result in negative health, safety, and security impacts.
Wilhelmsen is dedicated to maintaining compliant and ethical operations, including the elimination of
corruption in the value chain. The group has clear policies, provides management support, maintains a
whistleblowing channel, and conducts training regarding ethical conduct. Wilhelmsen implements anti-
corruption policies, regular audits, employee training, and support for affected employees to prevent and
address corruption and fraud. The group’s strategy includes anti-bribery measures and collaboration with
industry bodies to combat corruption.
G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture
Wilhelmsen’s corporate culture is built on its governing elements, which consists of its vision, values,
leadership expectations, and Code of Conduct.
Code of Conduct
The Code of Conduct is the main policy that outlines the business ethics standards for the group, applicable
globally to its own workforce. It emphasises compliance with laws and regulations, fair and ethical
competition, and a zero-tolerance policy towards corruption, bribery, theft, and fraud. The code also
highlights the importance of a respectful and safe working environment, responsible handling of drugs and
alcohol, and the avoidance of conflicts of interest. It requires approval for external commercial
engagements, promotes environmental responsibility, and mandates secure handling of cyber security.
Additionally, it commits to safeguarding human rights, careful handling of confidential information, and
encourages whistleblowing with guaranteed confidentiality and protection.
Suppliers are also expected to comply with and promote these principles as outlined in the group’s Supplier
Code of Conduct. The group CEO and board are accountable for the implementation of these policies. The
group conducts assessments, surveys, audits, and reviews to evaluate adherence to these requirements.
Whistleblower mechanism
Wilhelmsen’s whistleblowing system allows for anonymous reporting through a third-party vendor,
ensuring the sender’s identity remains confidential. The system includes a chat function for anonymous
communication. The Code of Conduct explicitly forbids retaliation against whistleblowers, a policy
reinforced in all related materials and training. Reports of misconduct are identified through the
whistleblowing channel, alerts, and internal audits. Investigations are conducted by compliance, internal
audit, health and safety, and human resources functions.
Business conduct training
All employees undergo mandatory annual training on key components of the Code of Conduct, delivered
through a 45-minute e-learning. The target is a 100% employee completion rate.
Anti-corruption and bribery
Wilhelmsen has implemented an investigation procedure in 2025 outlining principles for conducting
investigations. Functions most at risk of corruption and bribery include those interacting with government
officials, particularly Port Services employees. Business units have policies on anti-corruption and anti-
bribery consistent with the requirements in the group’s Owner’s statement and Code of Conduct.
G1-3 Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
Wilhelmsen has established comprehensive procedures to prevent, detect, and address allegations or
incidents of corruption and bribery. The group’s zero tolerance stand on corruption and bribery is set out in
the group’s Owner’s statement and Code of Conduct. These documents are available to all employees on the
group’s intranet site. This policy is communicated through the group’s yearly compulsory training, which is
rolled out to all employees. All board members, management, seafarers, and employees including functions-
at-risk are covered by training programmes, with 100% completion rate for 2025. Additionally,
communication takes place at the business unit level.
A major tool for preventing, detecting, and investigating allegations of breaches is Wilhelmsen’s
whistleblowing channel and the internal procedures related to whistleblowing. Additionally, internal
control measures are implemented to prevent such incidents. Any investigations into allegations of
corruption and bribery are separated from the operational chain of management. Any serious allegations
and the outcomes of investigations are reported by the compliance function to the board.
G1-4 Incidents of corruption or bribery
There were no convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the reporting period.
There were three confirmed breaches of the zero-tolerance policy on corruption. The incidents led to the
dismissal of employees and additional local briefings to reinforce the group’s zero-tolerance stance.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202560
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Governance data
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
Governance metrics are related to impacts on people subject to corruption and bribery demands, and risks from incidents of fraud, corruption,
or bribery in own operations and in the value chain.
Workforce at risk covered by anti-corruption and anti-bribery training (%)
The percentage of workforce at risk of corruption and/ or bribery that is covered by anti-bribery and anti-corruption training within the Code of
Conduct training. An estimate is made for the workforce at risk including employees, non-employees, and members of management deemed to
be at risk of corruption due to their job functions, authorisation level, tasks and responsibilities. The estimate for the total headcount of
workforce in functions-at-risk during the reporting period is 1 200 employees. A significant assumption is the definition and identification of
“functions-at-risk used in the estimate.
Convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws (number)
The total number of convictions for breaches of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, leading to Wilhelmsen or a business unit being convicted
and sentenced in a national court of law for violating such regulations. Conviction cases that the group decides to appeal are included in the
number reported. A significant assumption is that the data provided accurately reflects convictions.
Fines paid for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws (USD million)
The total amount of cash settlements related to fines and penalties associated with violations of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws. A
significant assumption is that the data provided accurately reflects fines paid for violations.
Code of Conduct training completion rate (%)
The total number of employees that have completed the training divided by the total number of employees included in the annual campaign or
the onboarding programme for new hires. In 2025, the group achieved 100% completion rate which was positive given the challenges of
ensuring full participation across a diverse and global workforce. It underscores the dedication of employees to understand and act according
to the Code of Conduct. A significant assumption is that all data is accurate in the human resources system.
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery metrics
2025
2024
Workforce at risk covered by anti-corruption and anti-bribery training (percent)
100
100
Convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery (number)
0
0
Fines paid for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws (USD million)
0
0
Code of Conduct training metric
2025
2024
Entity-specific - Code of Conduct training completion rate (percent)
100
100
2022_03_02_Wilhemsen_0057_3200pxl.jpg
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202561
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
4.2 Entity-specific - Cyber security
Wilhelmsen invests in robust cyber security measures and data protection protocols to safeguard personal
information and ensure the integrity of its systems. All business units are expected to have a robust cyber
security governance framework in place, supported by dedicated cyber resources and competencies.
Wilhelmsen’s workforce may be exposed to privacy breaches, unauthorised use of information, or
cyberattacks from undesirable actors. Personal data privacy breaches can lead to the unlawful use of data,
cyberbullying, exposure to harmful content, identity theft, fraud attempts, and ransom demands. Incidents
can cause emotional trauma, reputational damage, legal issues, and financial losses, impacting the affected
individuals and their families.
ESRS 2 MDR-P Entity-specific policies related to cyber security
Wilhelmsen has adopted a Cyber security policy to define a mandatory minimum set of security
requirements, and to ensure employees have a clear understanding of their responsibilities and the
importance of maintaining cyber security standards to protect sensitive information and mitigate risks. The
policy addresses material impacts related to information security, including data breaches, unauthorised
access, and cyber threats. The process for monitoring includes regular assessments, audits, and reviews to
ensure compliance and effectiveness. The policy is reinforced through mandatory cyber security awareness
and training programmes for all employees. As the policy derives from the requirements contained in the
group’s Owner’s statement, the group CEO is the most senior level in the organisation accountable for its
implementation. Wilhelmsen also focuses on compliance with EU General Data Protection Regulation
(GDPR), with relevant procedures and practices in place relating to the processing of personal data.
ESRS 2 MDR-A Entity-specific actions and resources related to cyber security
In 2025, Wilhelmsen’s major business units conducted cyber risk assessments and undertook a targeted
enhancement initiative to align their cyber security frameworks with the requirements of the EU NIS2
Directive and/or the ISO 27001 standard. This uplift aimed to strengthen the group’s overall cyber resilience
and ensure compliance with evolving regulatory expectations. Additionally, as part of the group’s long-term
security roadmap toward a Zero Trust–aligned identity architecture, actions were taken to reduce on-
premises dependencies and strengthening endpoint access controls.The Microsoft Secure score was also
monitored as an indicator of the group’s holistic security posture in Microsoft 365.
The group enhanced security awareness through multiple phishing and awareness campaigns and this will
continue in 2026. All internal and external board members were offered cyber training as part of the group’s
internal board upskilling.
Data protection enquiries from stakeholders were addressed with no material breaches reported. The group
also focuses on ensuring compliance with EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) by implementing
appropriate operational routines, internal controls and governing policy documentation. During 2025, the
group completed a number of initiatives to enhance the group’s GDPR compliance posture including GDPR
specific risk assessments for individual business units, compiling both business unit and group wide records
of processing activities, and updating the group’s GDPR policy framework. These initiatives coincided with
the group obtaining approval from the Norwegian Data Protection Authority for its Binding Corporate Rules
in June 2025.
ESRS 2 MDR-T Entity-specific targets related to cyber security
The group has set a target and metric related to cyber security and the impact of personal data breaches and
cyber security aligned with the group’s Cyber security policy.
Mandatory cyber security training
Achieving a 100% completion rate for mandatory cyber security training is aligned with Wilhelmsen’s policy
objectives of ensuring comprehensive cyber security awareness and compliance across all operations. This
target includes all employees and is defined using data from internal training records. The intended
outcomes are to enhance cyber security standards and compliance within the workforce. The completion
rate was 100% in 2025, and the same target will apply for 2026 given the importance of this training.
ESRS 2 MDR-M Entity-specific metrics related to cyber security
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING POLICIES
Mandatory cyber security training completion rate (%)
The number of employees completing cyber security training divided by the total number of employees participating in the campaign. A
significant assumption is that data is accurate in the human resources system and all training is completed.
Objective
Metric
Base year
Baseline
Target
2025
2024
Reduce exposure to cyber risk
through employee awareness
Mandatory cyber security training
completion rate (%)
2023
100
100
100
100
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202562
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Signatures Board of Directors and group CEO
Lysaker, 18 March 2026
The Board of Directors of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Electronically signed:
Carl E. Steen (chair)
Thomas F. Borgen
Morten Borge
Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen
Ulrika Laurin
Thomas Wilhelmsen (group CEO)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202563
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Financial statements
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202564
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Group financial statements
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202565
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Income statement Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Operating revenue
1/3/19
1 234
1 136
Other gain/(loss)
(3)
2
Total income
1 231
1 138
Operating expenses
Cost of goods and change in inventory
15
(421)
(391)
Employee benefits
6
(456)
(423)
Other operating expenses
1/19
(174)
(166)
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
7/8
(75)
(74)
Total operating expenses
(1 126)
(1 053)
Operating profit
106
85
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates
4
571
472
Change in fair value financial assets
14
8
27
Other financial income
1
83
25
Other financial expenses
1
(48)
(71)
Profit before tax
719
538
Tax income/(expense)
9
(48)
(20)
Profit for the year
671
518
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the company
652
498
Non-controlling interests
18
20
Basic/diluted earnings per share (USD)
10
15.52
11.47
Comprehensive income Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Profit for the year
671
518
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement
Cash flow hedges (net after tax)
(1)
1
Comprehensive income from joint ventures and associates
4
13
Currency translation differences
18
165
(228)
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement
Remeasurement pension liabilities, net of tax
11
1
1
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
169
(213)
Total comprehensive income for the year
840
305
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity holders of the company
820
300
Non-controlling interests
19
5
Total comprehensive income for the year
840
305
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202566
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Balance sheet Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group
USD mill
Note
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
ASSETS
Deferred tax assets
9
39
52
Goodwill
7.1
95
92
Other intangible assets
7.1
34
32
Properties and other tangible assets
7.2
662
571
Right-of-use assets
8.2
139
121
Investments in joint ventures and associates
4
2 274
2 001
Non-current financial investments
14/18
129
105
Other non-current assets
12
28
19
Non-current assets
3 400
2 994
Inventories
15
129
119
Current financial investments
16/18
257
121
Other current assets
12/18
411
368
Cash and cash equivalents
17
214
155
Current assets
1 011
764
Total assets
4 411
3 758
USD mill
Note
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Paid-in capital
115
118
Own shares
(1)
(3)
Retained earnings
3 147
2 465
Attributable to equity holders of the parent
3 262
2 580
Non-controlling interests
14
115
Total equity
3 275
2 695
Pension liabilities
11
22
21
Deferred tax liabilities
9
10
12
Non-current interest-bearing debt
17/18
253
277
Non-current lease liabilities
8/17
114
108
Other non-current liabilities
8
8
Non-current liabilities
408
425
Current income tax
9
18
12
Public duties payable
16
17
Current interest-bearing debt
17/18
27
23
Current lease liabilities
8/17
32
26
Other current liabilities
12
635
559
Current liabilities
728
637
Total equity and liabilities
4 411
3 758
Lysaker, 18 March 2026
The Board of Directors of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Electronically signed:
Carl E. Steen (chair)
Thomas F. Borgen
Morten Borge
Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen
Ulrika Laurin
Thomas Wilhelmsen (group CEO)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202567
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cash flow statement Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Profit before tax
719
538
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates
4
(571)
(472)
Change in fair value financial assets
14
(8)
(27)
Financial (income)/expenses
1
(34)
46
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
7/8
75
74
Other gain/(loss)
3
(2)
Change in net pension asset/liability
1
Change in inventories
(1)
(7)
Change in other assets and liabilities
60
4
Tax paid (company income tax, withholding tax)
(26)
(22)
Net cash flow from operating activities
217
133
Dividend received from joint ventures and associates
4
411
311
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
1
1
Investments in tangible and intangible assets
7
(75)
(40)
Net proceeds from sale of entity
9
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
4/5
(53)
(55)
Loan repayments from joint ventures, associates and others
1
7
Loan granted to joint ventures and associates
(11)
(2)
Dividend received/proceeds from sale of financial investments
148
21
Purchase of current financial investments
(264)
(47)
Interest received
1
7
9
Changes in other investments
2
Net cash flow from investing activities
166
217
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Net proceeds from issue of debt after debt expenses
68
81
Repayment of debt
(122)
(246)
Repayment of lease liabilities
8.3
(39)
(33)
Interest paid including interest derivatives
1/8.3
(19)
(29)
Cash from/(to) financial derivatives
8
(3)
Purchase of non-controlling interest
(127)
(32)
(Purchase)/disposal own shares
(34)
(47)
Dividend to shareholders
(83)
(72)
Net cash flow from financing activities
(348)
(382)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
35
(32)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
155
224
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash*
24
(37)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31.12
214
155
The group is located and operating world wide and every entity has several bank accounts in different currencies.
* From 2025 the effect of exchange rate changes on cash is presented separately, and previous periods have been restated accordingly.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202568
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Equity Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
USD mill
Share
capital
Own
shares
Retained
earnings
Total
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Balance at 31.12.2024
118
(3)
2 465
2 580
115
2 695
Comprehensive income for the period:
Profit for the period
652
652
18
671
Other comprehensive income
168
168
1
169
Total comprehensive income for the period
820
820
19
840
Other equity transaction in associates:
Change in put option in associate
(23)
(23)
(23)
Transactions with owners:
Cancellation of own shares
(2)
4
2
2
Change in non-controlling interests
(2)
(2)
(118)
(120)
(Purchase)/sale of own shares*
(2)
(34)
(36)
(36)
Paid dividend to shareholders
(79)
(79)
(3)
(82)
Balance at 31.12.2025
115
(1)
3 147
3 262
14
3 275
* Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA held 394 150 own shares at 31 December 2025.
USD mill
Share
capital
Own
shares
Retained
earnings
Total
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Balance at 31.12.2023
118
(1)
2 215
2 332
155
2 488
Comprehensive income for the period:
Profit for the period
498
498
20
518
Other comprehensive income
(198)
(198)
(15)
(213)
Total comprehensive income for the period
300
300
5
305
Other equity transaction in associates:
Change in put option in associate
22
22
22
Transactions with owners:
Change in non-controlling interests
40
40
(41)
(Purchase)/sale of own shares*
(2)
(45)
(47)
(47)
Paid dividend to shareholders
(68)
(68)
(4)
(72)
Balance at 31.12.2024
118
(3)
2 465
2 580
115
2 695
* Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA held 1 688 812 own shares at 31 December 2024.
Dividend for fiscal year 2024 was NOK 20.00 per share and was
paid in May 2025 (NOK 12.00 per share) and in November 2025
(NOK 8.00 per share).
Dividend for fiscal year 2023 was NOK 18.00 per share and was
paid in May 2024 (NOK 10.00 per share) and in November 2024
(NOK 8.00 per share).
The proposed dividend for fiscal year 2025 is NOK 20.00 per
share payable in the second quarter of 2026. A decision on the
proposal will be taken by the Annual General Meeting on 30 April
2026. The proposed dividend is not accrued in the year-end
balance sheet.
The dividend will have effect on retained earnings in the second
quarter of 2026.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202569
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Group notes
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202570
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
General information and basis of preparation
GENERAL INFORMATION
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (referred to as the
parent company) is domiciled in Norway. The
consolidated accounts for fiscal year 2025 include
the parent company and its subsidiaries (referred
to collectively as the group), and the group’s
share of joint ventures and associated companies.
The annual accounts for the group and the parent
company were issued by the Board of Directors
on 18 March 2026.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
Compliance with IFRS
The consolidated accounts have been prepared in
accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS®) accounting
standards, as adopted by the European Union.
The separate financial statements for the parent
company have been prepared and presented in
accordance with simplified IFRS, as approved by
Ministry of Finance 7 February 2022. In the
separate financial statements, the exemption
from IFRS for the recognition of dividends and
group contributions is applied. Otherwise, the
explanations of the accounting policy for the
group also apply to the separate financial
statements, and the notes to the consolidated
financial statements largely also cover the
separate financial statements.
Wilhelmsen also provides additional disclosures
in accordance with requirements in the
Norwegian Accounting Act related to
remuneration to the board and the senior
management.
The company is a public limited liability
company, listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange.
Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
When preparing the financial statements, the
group and the parent company must make
assumptions and estimates. These estimates are
based on the actual underlying business, its
present and forecast profitability over time, and
expectations about external factors such as
interest rates, foreign exchange rates and oil
prices, which are outside the group’s and parent
company’s control. This presents a substantial
risk that actual conditions will vary from the
estimates.
Most statements of financial position items will
be affected, by certainty related to estimates and
assumptions. The items most affected, and where
estimates and assumptions are assessed to have
the greatest significance, include:
Goodwill (Note 7)
Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (Note 8)
Deferred tax asset (Note 9)
Provisions and other current liabilities (Note
12)
Loss allowance on accounts receivable (Note
13)
Accounting principles applied, estimates and
assumptions used by management are presented
in the respective notes.
Wilhelmsen faces risk as a result of climate
change and climate-related factors may impact
estimates and assumptions going forward.
Uncertainties and risks relate to both transition
risk (market-related, technological, and changes
in regulatory requirements), and to physical risk
that may affect the group’s assets. These risks are
integral to management’s estimates and
judgements across the group.
Wilhelmsen has, where relevant, included
climate-related considerations when assessing
critical accounting estimates and assumptions.
The following items are assessed as being most
affected by climate-related considerations:
Tangible assets and Goodwill (Note 7)
Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (Note 8)
Financial risk (interest bearing debt, Note 18)
Contingencies (Note 20)
For consolidated accounts for fiscal year 2025,
climate related considerations did not materially
affect the group’s estimates and assumptions.
Financial reporting policies
The financial reporting policies are described in
the relevant notes to the consolidated financial
statements and in the financial statements of the
parent company. The financial reporting policies
described in the consolidated financial
statements also apply to the parent company
financial statements, unless otherwise stated.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202571
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 1 Combined items, income statement
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Operating revenue
Ships Service
2.1/3
535
507
Port Services
2.1/3
170
160
Ship Management
2.1/3
162
149
Energy Infrastructure
2.1/3
354
299
Other services
2.1/3
14
22
Total operating revenue
19
1 234
1 136
Other operating expenses
Office expenses
(15)
(14)
Communication and IT expenses
(45)
(41)
External services
(31)
(29)
Travel and meeting expenses
(14)
(14)
Marketing expenses
(4)
(3)
Lease expenses
8.3
(11)
(11)
Other operating expenses
(55)
(54)
Total other operating expenses
19
(174)
(166)
Financial income
Investment management
22
10
Interest income
7
9
Dividend from financial assets
3
4
Gain on sale of financial investments
6
Other financial items
2
1
Net financial income
41
25
Financial expenses
Interest expenses
(19)
(29)
Interest expenses lease liabilities
8.3
(7)
(7)
Other financial expenses
(6)
(7)
Net financial expenses
(32)
(43)
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Currency gain/(loss)
Operating currency - net
(38)
15
Financial currency - net
22
(21)
Derivatives for hedging of cash flow risk - realised
8
(3)
Derivatives for hedging of cash flow risk - unrealised
34
(20)
Net currency gain/(loss)
26
(28)
Financial income/(expenses)
34
(46)
Specification of financial income and expenses
Net financial income
41
25
Net currency derivatives - income
42
Financial income
83
25
Net financial expenses
(32)
(43)
Net currency - expenses
(16)
(6)
Net currency derivatives - expenses
(22)
Financial expenses
(48)
(71)
See note 18 on financial risk and the section of the accounting policies concerning financial derivatives.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202572
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 2.1 Segment reporting – income statement
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
The operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with
the internal financial reporting provided to the chief operating
decision-makers.
The chief operating decision-makers, who are responsible for
allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating
segments, have been identified as the board and group
management team, consisting of the group chief executive officer
(group CEO) and four executive managers.
SEGMENTS
The chief operating decision-makers monitor the business by
combining entities with similar operational characteristics such as
product, services, market and underlying asset base, into
operating segments.
The Maritime Services segment offers marine products, ship
agency services and logistics to the merchant fleet, as well as
ship management, including manning for all major vessel types,
through a worldwide network in 53 countries.
The New Energy segment includes NorSea Group and other New
Energy activities. The segment’s activities are mainly related to
the operation of supply bases for the offshore industry in Norway,
as well as real estate development and operation of properties
both on and off the supply bases. In addition to activities in
Norway, the segment offers services in Denmark. International
activities include the operation of supply bases, maintenance of
rigs and handling of logistics related to international pipeline
projects and windmill parks. Other activities within the segment
include digital solutions to the maritime industry.
The Strategic Holdings and Investments segment includes the
parent company, Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Treasure AS,
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Invest Malta and other corporate group activities
such as operational management, legal, finance, portfolio
management, and communication, which do not meet the
definition for other core activities.
The group's investments in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA (WAWI) and
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. (Hyundai Glovis) are presented as part of
Strategic Holdings and Investments as investments in associates.
Eliminations are between Wilhelmsen’s three segments
mentioned above. The segments’ income statement, balance
sheet and cash flow are measured in the same way as in the
financial statements.
USD mill
Maritime Services
New Energy*
Strategic Holdings and
Investments
Eliminations
Total WWH Group
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
INCOME STATEMENT
Operating revenue
873
830
358
302
15
16
(12)
(12)
1 234
1 136
Other gain/(loss)
(3)
1
1
(3)
2
Total income
869
831
358
303
15
16
(12)
(12)
1 231
1 138
Operating expenses
Cost of goods and change in inventory
(329)
(319)
(92)
(71)
(2)
(1)
(421)
(391)
Employee benefits
(305)
(286)
(137)
(124)
(14)
(14)
(456)
(423)
Other operating expenses
(123)
(117)
(51)
(49)
(9)
(9)
9
10
(174)
(166)
Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment
112
109
79
59
(10)
(8)
(2)
(1)
180
159
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
(36)
(39)
(35)
(31)
(5)
(5)
1
1
(75)
(74)
Operating profit
77
70
44
28
(15)
(13)
106
85
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates
2
3
27
7
541
462
571
472
Change in fair value financial assets
1
(7)
17
14
10
8
27
Net financial income/(expenses)
25
(37)
(16)
(24)
33
26
(7)
(12)
34
(46)
Profit before tax
105
35
48
29
573
486
(7)
(12)
719
538
Tax income/(expense)
(37)
(12)
(4)
(2)
(9)
(8)
2
3
(48)
(20)
Profit for the period
68
23
44
26
564
478
(6)
(10)
671
518
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the company
66
22
44
26
548
460
(6)
(10)
652
498
Non-controlling interests
2
1
1
1
16
18
18
20
*New Energy; one customer represents about 20% of the total income.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202573
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 2.2 Segment reporting – balance sheet
USD mill
Maritime Services
New Energy
Strategic Holdings and
Investments
Eliminations
Total WWH Group
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
ASSETS
Deferred tax assets
33
44
(1)
1
6
7
39
52
Goodwill
95
90
2
95
92
Other intangible assets
29
28
5
3
1
1
34
32
Properties and other tangible assets
174
161
483
396
4
14
662
571
Right-of-use assets
37
36
84
63
25
29
(7)
(7)
139
121
Investments in joint ventures and associates
35
32
326
221
1 913
1 749
2 274
2 001
Non-current financial investments
17
14
3
5
109
86
129
105
Other non-current assets
7
5
24
17
(2)
(2)
28
19
Non-current assets
426
410
925
708
2 059
1 886
(10)
(10)
3 400
2 994
Inventories
129
119
129
119
Current financial investments
257
121
257
121
Other current assets
326
278
69
85
136
111
(120)
(106)
411
368
Cash and cash equivalents
160
115
34
(48)
47
88
(27)
214
155
Current assets
614
513
103
37
440
320
(146)
(106)
1 011
764
Total assets
1 040
923
1 028
745
2 499
2 206
(156)
(116)
4 411
3 758
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Shareholders' equity
264
172
579
368
2 417
2 039
1
1
3 262
2 580
Non-controlling interests
5
2
9
4
109
14
115
Total equity
269
174
588
373
2 417
2 148
1
1
3 275
2 695
Pension liabilities
15
14
1
1
6
6
22
21
Deferred tax liabilities
10
12
10
12
Non-current interest-bearing debt
15
64
245
210
(3)
5
(2)
(2)
253
277
Non-current lease liabilities
29
27
69
61
23
26
(7)
(7)
114
108
Other non-current liabilities
5
5
3
3
8
8
Non-current liabilities
73
121
318
276
26
38
(9)
(9)
408
425
Current income tax
11
9
1
1
6
3
18
12
Public duties payable
9
9
6
7
1
1
16
17
Current interest-bearing debt
118
105
31
23
23
(145)
(105)
27
23
Current lease liabilities
11
11
18
12
4
4
(1)
(1)
32
26
Other current liabilities
550
493
66
54
21
13
(1)
(1)
635
559
Current liabilities
698
627
122
97
55
20
(147)
(107)
728
637
Total equity and liabilities
1 040
923
1 028
745
2 499
2 206
(156)
(116)
4 411
3 758
Investments in tangible assets
17
11
45
23
2
1
65
35
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202574
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 2.3 Segment reporting – cash flow and geographical areas
USD mill
Maritime Services
New Energy
Strategic Holdings and
Investments
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before tax
105
35
48
29
573
486
Share of (profit)/loss from joint ventures and associates
(2)
(3)
(27)
(7)
(541)
(462)
Change in fair value financial assets
(1)
7
(17)
(14)
(10)
Financial (income)/expenses
(25)
37
16
24
(33)
(26)
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
36
39
35
31
5
5
Other gain/(loss)
3
(1)
(1)
Change in other assets and liabilities
(4)
(31)
17
24
13
5
Net cash flow from operating activities
112
76
96
82
4
(3)
Dividend received from joint ventures and associates
5
6
4
3
405
305
Net sale/(investments) in tangible and intangible assets
(26)
(14)
(46)
(24)
(2)
(1)
Net sale/(investments) and repayment/(granted loan) to entities
(3)
(7)
(51)
(35)
(10)
(30)
Net changes in other investments/financial items
1
(28)
2
2
(100)
Net cash flow from investing activities
(23)
(44)
(91)
(53)
294
274
Net change of debt
(59)
(126)
(24)
(61)
18
(5)
Net change in other financial items
(2)
(17)
(19)
(20)
(1)
(1)
Dividend to shareholders and loan/dividend between segments
(1)
112
123
(20)
(370)
(227)
Net cash flow from financing activities
(62)
(31)
80
(101)
(352)
(233)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
26
2
85
(72)
(55)
39
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
115
144
(48)
21
88
59
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
18
(30)
(3)
2
14
(10)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31.12
160
115
34
(48)
47
88
GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS
Total income
Area income is based on the geographical location of the
company and include gains from sale of assets.
Total assets
Area assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.
The group's investment in Hyundai Glovis is classified in the
geographical segment Asia & Africa.
Investments in tangible assets
Area capital expenditure is based on the geographical location of
the assets.
GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS
Total income 2025
Total income 2024
Total assets 2025
Total assets 2024
Investment in tangible assets
2025
Investment in tangible assets
2024
0
8246337208786
2748779069924
2748779069960
2748779069942
2748779069978
2748779069996
2748779070014
USD mill
2025
2024
Total income attributed to
Norway
401
339
Total assets attributed to
Norway
2 606
2 205
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202575
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 3 Revenue from contracts with customers
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Revenue derived from customer contracts are assessed using the five-step model, where only customer contracts with a firm commitment is used as basis for revenue recognition.
USD mill
Maritime Services
New Energy
Strategic
Holdings and
Investments
Eliminations
Total
2025
Ships
Service
Port
Services
Ship
Management
Other/
elimination
Infrastructure
Technology &
Decarbonisation
Revenue from customers
535
170
162
7
354
4
15
(12)
1 234
Total
535
170
162
7
354
4
15
(12)
1 234
Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
535
3
4
15
(12)
545
Over time
170
162
4
354
690
Total
535
170
162
7
354
4
15
(12)
1 234
2024
Revenue from customers
507
160
149
14
299
3
16
(12)
1 136
Total
507
160
149
14
299
3
16
(12)
1 136
Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
507
10
3
16
(12)
525
Over time
160
149
4
299
611
Total
507
160
149
14
299
3
16
(12)
1 136
MARITIME SERVICES
Ships service - Sale of goods
Wilhelmsen Ships Service offers a wide range of products to the
maritime industry. Products are delivered to the customer at
vessel or warehouse, which is also where control transfers to the
customer and revenue is recognised net of any discounts. Some
customers are entitled to retrospective volume discounts based
on aggregate sales over a defined period. Revenue from these
sales is recognised based on the price specified in the contract,
net of the estimated volume discounts. Accumulated experience
is used to estimate and provide for the discounts, using the
expected value method, and revenue is only recognised to the
extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not
occur. A refund liability (included in other current liabilities) is
recognised for expected volume discounts payable to customers
in relations to sales made until the end of the reporting period.
The contracts typically have payment terms of 30 days after
delivery and no significant financing component is identified.
Port services - Sale of services
Wilhelmsen Port Services offers ships agency and port services
covering 2 200 port locations world wide. The agents facilitate
efficient port calls for vessels, by procuring goods and services
on behalf of the customers and assisting with required permits
and custom declaration associated with the port call. Prior to the
port call, the customer is required to make available funds for the
expected disbursements (prefunding). Following the completion
of services, Wilhelmsen Port Services prepares a final
disbursement account to the customer documenting all
disbursement for the port call. Wilhelmsen Port Services is only
acting as an agent, and control of goods and services transfers
directly from the relevant suppliers to the customer. Wilhelmsen
Port Services does not have inventory risk or discretion on
establishing prices. For the services rendered, Wilhelmsen Port
Services is entitled to a fee that consists of a payment based on
services delivered to customer.
Technical / crewing management
Wilhelmsen Ship Management offers technical management and
crew management for all vessel segments. Contract durations
follow industry standards, and usually include an annual
compensation payable in monthly arrears, and the ship owner is
charged a monthly fee per crew onboard the vessel. The vessel
owner simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits
provided by the entity, and hence revenue is recognised over
time. Since Wilhelmsen Ship Management has the right to invoice
for services delivered at the end of each month, this is also the
basis for revenue recognition. Invoices are payable 30 days after
the end of each month.
Other revenue in the Maritime Services segment
These revenues mainly consist of sale of ropes to non-maritime
customers and chemicals for the consumer markets. Most sales
are to wholesale customers. Revenue is recognised net of
any discounts at delivery. Time and place of delivery, and transfer
of control, depend on agreed delivery terms but usually when the
customer receives the goods. Maritime Services also has an
insurance agency business where Maritime Services is acting as
an agent, and is entitled to a defined commission of the insurance
premium. The commission is per year and recognised on a
straight-line basis through the year.
NEW ENERGY
Infrastructure
The New Energy segment, including NorSea group, operates
supply bases and provides integrated logistics solutions to the
offshore industry. Revenues from external customers come from
sale of services to the offshore industry (Operations), rental of
properties (Property), and sale of services to other industries. The
duration of operations contracts varies from two to ten years. The
pricing of contracts is mainly based on the delivered quantity via
supply bases. NorSea group is a lessor for parts of properties
located on or near bases. This is typically warehouses and some
office facilities. This is ordinary operational lease contracts with a
typical duration of two to seven years. For contracts with a
duration of more than one year the rent is adjusted annually based
on commonly used indexes. Lease revenue is usually recognised
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Technology & decarbonisation
New Energy provides a range of technologies and digital solutions
to the maritime industry. Revenue is recognised net of any
discounts at delivery. Revenue is recognised based on time and
place of delivery, transfer of control, services rendered, and
depends on agreed delivery terms, usually when the customer
receives the goods and services.
STRATEGIC HOLDINGS AND INVESTMENTS
The operating revenue is related to office rent and facility
services to external customers as well as to other segments.
INFORMATION ABOUT TRANSACTION PRICE ALLOCATED TO
UNSATISFIED PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS
In general, contracts with customers are of a short-term nature,
except for framework agreements described under New Energy
Infrastructure and Ship Management. For infrastructure,
framework agreements can be for a period of up to 10 years, but
do not define any minimum volume. For Ship Management
contracts, the customer can terminate the contract without cause
on a three months basis. Because of this, there are no significant
unsatisfied performance obligations at year end.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202576
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 4 Investments in joint ventures and associates
Note 4.1 Investments in joint ventures
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Interests in joint ventures and associates are accounted for using
the equity method after initially being recognised at cost in the
consolidated balance sheet.
Equity method:
Under the equity method of accounting, investments are initially
recognised at cost and adjusted for Wilhelmsen’s share of profit
after tax, which is recognised in the income statement. The
group’s share of the investee’s other comprehensive income is
recognised as a separate line in the other comprehensive income
of the investee. Any equity transaction in the investments is
presented as a separate line in the equity statement of the
investee. Dividends received or receivable from associates and
joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying
amount of the investment. Sale and dilution of the share of
associated companies are recognised in the income statement
when the transactions occur for the group.
Where the group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted
investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including
any other unsecured long-term receivables, the group does not
recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or
made payments on behalf of the other entity.
The carrying amount of equity-accounted investments is tested
for impairment when indicators are present.
When the group ceases to consolidate or equity account for an
investment because of a loss of control, joint control or significant
influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its
fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit
or loss. This fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the
purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as
an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any
amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in
respect of that entity are accounted for as if the group had
directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may
mean that amounts previously recognised in other
comprehensive income become reclassified to profit or loss.
If the ownership interest in a joint venture or an associate is
reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate
share of the amounts previously recognised in other
comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where
appropriate.
Business office,
country
2025
2024
Voting share/ownership
New Energy
Coast Center Base AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
KS Coast Center Base
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
CCB Energy Holding AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Sørsea AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Polar Lift AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Sirevåg Laks AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Massterly AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Topeka MPC Maritime AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Maritime Services
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel group
Germany
50.0%
50.0%
Coast Center Base AS is a joint venture between NorSea Group
and Bernh. Larsen Holding AS and was established in 1998. It
delivers services related to logistics, quay, project and
maintenance to the offshore and the maritime industry.
KS Coast Center Base is a joint venture between NorSea Group
and Bernh. Larsen Holding AS and was established in 1973. It is
mainly a property company owning infrastructure rented out to
Coast Center Base AS.
CCB Energy Holding AS is a joint venture between NorSea Group
and Bernh. Larsen Holding AS and was established in 2020. It
owns shares in companies involved in production of hydrogen
and climate neutral solutions.
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship Management group is a ship manager
of container vessels, tanker, bulk carriers, multi-purpose and
heavy-lift vessels. The joint venture is owned by MPC Capital AG
and Wilhelmsen Ship Management group.
All companies are private companies and there are no quoted
market price available for the shares.
There are no other contingent liabilities relating to the group’s
interest in the joint ventures.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202577
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 4.1 Investments in joint ventures
USD mill
2025
2024
Summarised financial information - according to the group's ownership
Share of total income
101
130
Share of operating expenses
(77)
(98)
Share of depreciation
(17)
(21)
Share of net financial items
4
(2)
Share of tax expense
(1)
(2)
Share of profit/(loss) from joint ventures
9
6
Share of equity (equity method)
Book value
51
43
Excess value (land and goodwill)
60
54
Investments in joint ventures
111
97
USD mill
2025
2024
Joint ventures' assets, equity and liabilities (group's share of investments)
Share of non-current assets
84
77
Share of cash and cash equivalents
52
29
Share of current assets
10
8
Total share of assets
146
114
Share of equity at 01.01
43
41
Share of profit for the period
10
5
Dividend
(7)
(4)
Acquisitions
7
Other comprehensive income
6
(6)
Share of equity at 31.12
51
43
Share of non-current liabilities
52
45
Share of current liabilities
42
26
Total share of liabilities
95
71
Total share of equity and liabilities
146
114
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202578
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 4.1 Investments in joint ventures
Set out below are the summarised financial information on a 100% basis for Coast Center Base group (CCB), which in the opinion of the directors is a material joint venture to the group.
Joint ventures not considered to be material, are defined under "other" (on a 100% basis).
USD mill
CCB
Other
2025
2024
2025
2024
SUMMARISED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Total income
173
216
40
40
Operating expenses
(159)
(189)
(35)
(50)
Net operating profit/(loss)
14
28
5
(10)
Financial income/(expenses)
4
(3)
(1)
3
Profit/(loss) before tax
18
24
4
(7)
Tax income/(expense)
(3)
(5)
Profit/(loss) for the year
15
19
4
(7)
Other comprehensive income
11
(13)
Total comprehensive income
15
19
16
(19)
The group's share of dividend from joint ventures
7
4
USD mill
CCB
Other
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
SUMMARISED BALANCE SHEET
Non-current assets
146
133
21
21
Cash and cash equivalents
4
7
(4)
1
Other current assets
101
55
14
9
Total assets
251
196
31
31
Non-current liabilities
99
86
(16)
(15)
Current liabilities
73
39
23
30
Total liabilities
171
126
7
14
Net assets
79
70
23
17
The information above reflects 100% of the amounts presented in the financial statements of the joint ventures, adjusted for any differences in
accounting principles between the group and the joint ventures.
USD mill
CCB
Other
2025
2024
2025
2024
RECONCILIATION OF SUMMARISED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Net assets at 01.01
70
68
17
13
Acquisition net assets
14
Profit/(loss) for the period
15
17
4
(4)
Other comprehensive income
9
(7)
3
(6)
Dividend to shareholders
(14)
(8)
Net assets at 31.12
79
70
23
17
The group's share
40
35
12
8
Land and goodwill / excess value
51
46
9
8
Carrying value at 31.12
91
80
21
16
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202579
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 4.2 Investments in associates
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATED COMPANIES
Business office, country
2025
2024
Profit share*
Maritime Services
Diana Wilhelmsen Management Limited
Cyprus
50.0%
50.0%
Barber Ship Management Germany GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
50.0%
50.0%
WASM Steamship Acquisition GMBH & CO. KG
Germany
50.0%
50.0%
BestShip GmbH & Cie. KG
Germany
50.0%
Wilhelmsen Navigation GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
50.0%
50.0%
Barklav (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
50.0%
50.0%
Hecla Emissions Management AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Wilhelmsen-Smith Bell Manning, Inc
Philippines
50.0%
50.0%
WilhMar Manning Philippines Inc.
Philippines
24.9%
24.9%
Denholm Port Services Limited
United Kingdom
40.0%
40.0%
Triangle Shipping Agencies LLC
United Arab Emirates
50.0%
50.0%
Wilhelmsen WPS Dubai Port Services LLC
United Arab Emirates
50.0%
50.0%
Wilhelmsen Port Services LLC - Fujairah
United Arab Emirates
42.5%
42.5%
Almoayed Wilhelmsen Port Services (Ltd) W.L.L
Bahrain
50.0%
50.0%
Wilhelmsen Huayang Port Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.**
China
51.0%
49.0%
Wilhelmsen Huayang Port Services (Beijing) Co., Ltd
China
50.0%
50.0%
Barwil Arabia Shipping Agencies SAE
Egypt
50.0%
50.0%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Georgia LLC
Georgia
50.0%
50.0%
Wilhelmsen Hyopwoon Port Services Ltd
Republic of Korea
50.0%
50.0%
Alghanim Wilhelmsen Shipping Co.W.L.L
Kuwait
49.0%
49.0%
Diize B.V.***
Netherlands
50.0%
Wilhelmsen-Smith Bell Shipping, Inc.
Philippines
49.0%
49.0%
Wilhelmsen-Smith Bell (Subic), Inc.
Philippines
50.0%
50.0%
Perez Torres Portugal Lda
Portugal
50.0%
50.0%
Binzagr Barwil Marine Transport Co. Ltd.
Saudi Arabia
50.0%
50.0%
Pelagus 3D Pte Ltd
Singapore
50.0%
50.0%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Company Limited**
Vietnam
100.0%
50.0%
Krew-Barwil (Pty) Ltd.
South Africa
49.0%
49.0%
Business office, country
2025
2024
Profit share*
Strategic Holdings and Investments
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA (WAWI)
Norway
37.9%
37.9%
Strandveien 50 Holding AS
Norway
24.6%
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.
Republic of Korea
11.0%
11.0%
New Energy
Konciv AS
Norway
38.2%
38.2%
Hammerfest Næringsinvest AS**
Norway
100.0%
32.3%
Strandparken Holding AS
Norway
50.0%
33.1%
K2 Stavanger AS
Norway
30.0%
16.2%
Dusavik Utvikling AS
Norway
33.5%
Risavika Eiendom AS
Norway
42.0%
42.0%
Love Miljøbase AS
Norway
33.3%
33.3%
CCB Subsea AS
Norway
42.5%
42.5%
WindWorks Infrastructure AS
Norway
41.9%
38.5%
Energy Innovation Holding AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
AM North AS
Norway
33.3%
33.3%
RTN AS**
Norway
100.0%
50.0%
Eldøyane Næringspark AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
ZiNor Holding AS
Norway
50.0%
Dusavik Holding AS
Norway
45.0%
Risavika Havnering Holding AS
Norway
20.0%
Topeka Hagland Greenbulk AS
Norway
50.0%
50.0%
Reach Subsea ASA
Norway
29.6%
18.4%
Edda Wind ASA
Norway
37.8%
31.0%
*For an overview of legal ownership, refer to group structure
**The group gained control during the year and the company has been classified as subsidiary
***The company was disposed during the year
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202580
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 4.2 Investments in associates
USD mill
2025
2024
Share of profit/(loss) from associates
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
406
372
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.
135
90
Associates Maritime Services
2
6
Reach Subsea ASA
3
3
Edda Wind ASA
15
(3)
Other associates New Energy
(2)
Share of profit/(loss) from associates
561
466
Book value of material associates
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
1 096
1 077
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.
807
672
Reach Subsea ASA
50
23
Edda Wind ASA
160
106
Specification of share of equity and profit/loss:
Share of equity at 01.01
1 904
1 777
Share of profit for the year
561
466
Capital increase/acquisition of associates in Maritime Services
2
4
Capital increase/acquisition of associates in New Energy
46
38
Disposal of associates in Maritime Services
(3)
Disposal of associates in New Energy
(2)
(4)
Dividend
(407)
(307)
Other comprehensive income
47
(67)
Share of equity at 31.12
2 162
1 904
There are no contingent liabilities relating to the group’s interest in the associates.
The group holds a 37.9% share in the listed company Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA (WAWI), headquartered at Lysaker, Norway. WAWI is a market
leader in RoRo shipping and vehicle logistics, managing the distribution of cars, trucks, rolling equipment and breakbulk to customers all over
the world. WAWI controls more than 125 vessels and servicing 15 trade routes to six continents, together with a global inland distribution
network, more than 120 in-land processing centres, and 9 marine terminals.
The group holds a 11.0% share in Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd., a logistics company headquartered in Seoul, Republic of Korea, listed on the Korean
Stock Exchange. Hyundai Glovis’ principal activity is logistics and distribution services. The company provides overseas logistics services,
including vehicle export logistics, air freight forwarding, ocean freight forwarding and international express service. Hyundai Glovis also has a
growing shipping segment with its own fleet of car carriers and bulk carriers.
The group holds a 29.6% ownership in the listed company Reach Subsea ASA. During the year the group exercised the remaining 44.7 million
warrants at a strike price of NOK 3.28 per share, with the consideration amounting to USD 14 million. As part of the exercise, the warrants held
as current derivative in the balance sheet was reclassified to cost price of the investment in Reach Subsea ASA, with the fair value of the
warrants amounting to USD 10 million at the time of the exercise. Reach Subsea group offers subsea services as subcontractor and/or directly
to end clients. The core business of the group is based on modern, high spec work ROVs operated by highly qualified offshore personnel, and
supported by competent onshore engineering resources.
The group holds a 37.8% ownership in the company Edda Wind ASA. During the year Edda Wind ASA was delisted from Oslo Børs, with the
group acquiring additional shares amounting to USD 19 million as part of the delisting. The group holds its investment in Edda Wind ASA
through the holding company Electric AS. Edda Wind owns and operates service vessels supporting the maintenance work conducted during
the commissioning and operation of offshore wind parks.
Set out below are the summarised financial information for, on a 100% basis, for Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd., which,
in the opinion of the directors, are the material associates to the group.
Associates not considered to be material are defined under "other" (on a 100% basis).
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202581
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 4.2 Investments in associates
USD mill
WAWI
Hyundai Glovis
Other
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
SUMMARISED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Total income
5 240
5 308
20 797
20 797
405
381
Operating expenses
(3 960)
(4 019)
(18 849)
(19 513)
(330)
(339)
Net operating profit/(loss)
1 280
1 289
1 948
1 283
75
42
Financial income/(expenses)
(134)
(151)
(431)
(145)
(7)
(23)
Profit/(loss) before tax
1 146
1 138
1 517
1 138
68
19
Tax income/(expense)
(42)
(73)
(297)
(319)
(6)
(5)
Profit/(loss) for the year
1 103
1 065
1 220
819
62
14
Non-controlling interests
(86)
(93)
(1)
(5)
Profit after non-controlling interests
1 017
972
1 220
814
62
14
Other comprehensive income
15
(17)
86
112
65
(36)
Total comprehensive income (shareholders' equity)
1 032
955
1 305
926
126
(22)
The group's share of dividend from joint ventures
375
280
21
19
10
7
USD mill
WAWI
Hyundai Glovis
Other
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
SUMMARISED BALANCE SHEET
Non-current assets
5 781
5 750
5 716
4 738
1 159
945
Cash and cash equivalents
1 071
1 393
1 833
2 221
216
64
Other current assets
970
1 257
5 332
4 465
172
148
Total assets
7 822
8 400
12 881
11 424
1 548
1 157
Non-current liabilities
2 122
2 728
2 107
1 850
509
394
Current liabilities
2 393
2 351
3 575
3 601
342
257
Non-controlling interests
9
9
26
11
Total liabilities
4 524
5 087
5 707
5 462
852
652
Net assets
3 297
3 313
7 173
5 962
697
505
The information above reflects the 100% amount presented in the financial statements of the associates, adjusted for differences in accounting
principles between the group and the associates.
USD mill
WAWI
Hyundai Glovis
Other
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
RECONCILIATION OF SUMMARISED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Net asset at 01.01
3 313
3 051
5 962
5 987
505
494
Profit for the period
1 017
972
1 220
819
62
14
Net assets of acquired associates/capital increase
84
64
Conversion KRW to USD and EUR to USD
101
(784)
65
(36)
Other comprehensive income
15
(17)
86
112
9
(3)
Disposal
(5)
(12)
Transactions with non-controlling interests
(59)
47
Dividend
(989)
(739)
(195)
(172)
(24)
(16)
Net assets at 31.12
3 297
3 313
7 173
5 962
697
505
The group's share
1 249
1 255
789
656
275
171
Goodwill and other intangible assets
18
16
3
Classification NCI
(141)
(137)
Currency
(16)
(18)
Fair value adjustment vessels and goodwill *
(12)
(40)
Carrying value at 31.12
1 096
1 077
807
672
259
156
* The share price and market value of Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA (WAWI) at the merger (April 2017) was lower than book value of equity in WAWI.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202582
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 4.3 Reconciliation joint ventures and associates
The group market value of the investment in Wallenius
Wilhelmsen ASA at 31 December 2025 was USD 1 604 million
(2024: USD 1 320 million).
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA is a separately listed company on Oslo
Børs. The market capitalisation of its shares at year end is 46%
higher (2024: 23% higher) than the carrying amount of the
investment, as accounted for under the equity method. The group
has not identified any impairment indicators for the investment.
The group market value of the investment in Hyundai Glovis Co.,
Ltd. at 31 December 2025 was USD 1 033 million (2024: USD 663
million).
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd. is a separately listed company on the
Korean Stock Exchange. The market capitalisation of its shares at
year end is 28% higher (2024: 1% lower) than the carrying amount
of the investment, as accounted for under the equity method. The
group has not identified any impairment indicators for the
investment.
USD mill
2025
2024
RECONCILIATION OF THE GROUP'S INCOME STATEMENT AND BALANCE SHEET
Share of profit from joint ventures
9
6
Share of profit from associates
561
466
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates
571
472
Share of equity from joint ventures including net excess value
111
97
Share of equity from associates including net excess value
2 162
1 904
Share of equity from joint ventures and associates including net excess value
2 274
2 001
The group’s share of profit, after tax from joint ventures and associates is recognised in the income statement as financial income. All joint
ventures and associates are equity consolidated.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202583
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 5 Principal subsidiaries
Business office
country
Nature of business
Proportion of ordinary shares
directly held by parent (%)
Proportion of ordinary shares
held by the group (%)
Maritime Services
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS
Norway
Maritime services
100.00%
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service AS
Norway
Maritime products and services
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services AS
Norway
Port services
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Holding AS
Norway
Ship management
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Chemical AS
Norway
Manufacturing
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Global Business Services AS
Norway
Shared services
100.00%
New Energy
Wilhelmsen New Energy AS
Norway
New energy investments
100.00%
100.00%
NorSea Group AS
Norway
Infrastructure and supply services
99.38%
Strategic Holdings and Investments
Treasure AS
Norway
Investment
100.00%
100.00%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding Invest Malta Ltd
Malta
Investment
100.00%
100.00%
The group’s principal subsidiaries at 31 December 2025 are set out above. Unless otherwise stated, they have share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares that are held directly
by the group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals voting rights held by the group. The country of incorporation or registration is also the principal place of
business for the subgroup headquarters.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202584
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 6 Employee benefits
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Employee benefits include wages, salaries, social security contributions, sick leave, parental leave and other employee benefits. Benefits are
recognised in the period in which services are rendered by the employees.
For cash–settled payments/bonus plans and other cash-settled payments, a liability equal to the portion of services received is recognised at
fair value determined at each balance sheet date.
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Salaries including bonuses
(333)
(303)
Payroll tax
(45)
(41)
Pension cost
11
(28)
(25)
Welfare and other personnel expenses
(51)
(54)
Total employee benefits
(456)
(423)
2025
2024
Number of employees:
Group companies in Norway
1 454
1 405
Group companies abroad
4 041
4 361
Total employees
5 495
5 766
Average number of employees
5 631
5 541
Seagoing personnel Ship Management
14 732
12 231
EXPENSED AUDIT FEE
USD mill
2025
2024
Statutory audit
(3)
(2)
Tax advisory fee
(2)
(1)
Other assurance services
(1)
Total expensed audit fee
(5)
(4)
The fees above cover the group expenses to all external auditors and tax advisors.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202585
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 7.1 Intangible assets
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Intangible assets
The group uses the cost method for intangible assets. Amortisation of intangible fixed assets is based on the following expected useful lives:
Goodwill
Indefinite life
Software
3-5 year
Other intangible assets
5-10 years
USD mill
Goodwill
Software
Other intangible
assets
Total
Cost at 01.01.2025
118
37
47
202
Acquisition
11
11
Reclass/disposal
(18)
(6)
(24)
Currency translation differences
14
4
8
27
Cost at 31.12.2025
114
52
50
216
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 01.01.2025
(26)
(28)
(24)
(77)
Amortisation
(2)
(5)
(8)
Reclass/disposal
17
2
19
Impairment
(7)
(1)
(8)
Currency translation differences
(3)
(3)
(6)
(13)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 31.12.2025
(19)
(34)
(34)
(87)
Carrying value at 31.12.2025
95
19
15
129
USD mill
Goodwill
Software
Other intangible
assets
Total
Cost at 01.01.2024
126
35
46
207
Acquisition
5
5
Business combinations
5
13
18
Reclass/disposal
(3)
(7)
(10)
Currency translation differences
(10)
(4)
(5)
(18)
Cost at 31.12.2024
118
37
47
202
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 01.01.2024
(22)
(28)
(26)
(75)
Amortisation
(3)
(4)
(7)
Reclass/disposal
1
7
8
Impairment
(7)
(4)
(11)
Currency translation differences
2
3
3
7
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 31.12.2024
(26)
(28)
(24)
(77)
Carrying value at 31.12.2024
92
9
23
125
In 2024 the group recognised goodwill of USD 5 million and customer contracts of USD 13 million from the acquisition of Zeaborn Ship
Management.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202586
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 7.1 Intangible assets
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Impairment of goodwill and other non-financial assets
At each reporting date, the group reviews the carrying amounts of
its goodwill, tangible assets, intangible assets and right-of-use
assets to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.
If any indication of impairment exists, or when annual impairment
testing for an asset is required (goodwill), the asset’s recoverable
amount is estimated. Where the asset does not generate cash
flows that are independent from other assets, the group
estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit
(CGU) to which the asset belongs. A CGU is the smallest
identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or
groups of assets.
The recoverable amount is the highest of the fair value less costs
of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the net
present value (NPV) of future estimated cash flows from the
employment of the asset is determined. The discount rate applied
is the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) reflecting the
required rate of return of the asset or CGU. If the recoverable
amount is estimated to be less than the carrying amount, the
carrying amount of the asset (or CGU) is reduced to its
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the
income statement.
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying
amount of the asset (or CGU) is increased to the revised estimate
of its recoverable amount, limited to the carrying amount that
would have been determined had no impairment loss been
recognised in prior years. An impairment loss for goodwill is not
subsequently reversed.
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has for the
purpose of impairment testing been allocated to the relevant CGU
or group of CGUs expected to benefit from the business
combination. CGUs or groups of CGUs to which goodwill has been
allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently
when there is an indication that the CGU or group of CGUs may be
impaired. If the recoverable amount of the CGU or group of CGUs
to which goodwill has been allocated is less than the carrying
amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the
carrying amount of any goodwill and then to the other assets, pro-
rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU
or group of CGUs.
Impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill is mainly related to the Maritime Services segment (USD
95 million). The goodwill figures are originally calculated in NOK,
EUR, DKK, JPY and USD (2024: NOK, EUR, DKK, JPY and USD).
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the
respective CGUs within the various business areas.
As of 31 December 2025, management has performed
impairment testing for the group’s recognised goodwill. Based on
the tests performed, an impairment of USD 7 million was
recognised in 2025 (2024: USD 7 million) for goodwill related to
business combinations in business units within the Maritime
Services segment and New Energy segment. The impairment was
attributed to changes in market conditions and corresponding
changes in the unit’s business model, where the goodwill related
to the unit was partly or fully impaired.
When performing the goodwill impairment test, the recoverable
amount is based on value in use calculations. In calculating the
value in use, the group considers relevant key assumptions. Risk
factors related to climate and environmental changes as well as
regulatory changes responding to such changes are included in
the assessment of the recoverable amount. Such factors are
assessed in the same way as other uncertain input factors,
impacting cash flow estimates used for the tests.
Recoverable amount has been estimated by using an Enterprise
value/EBITDA multiple (Enterprise value is defined as the market
capitalisation of a company plus net interest-bearing debt ). The
forecasted EBITDA is based on historical levels for EBITDA in
each CGU. The multiples are estimated to be in the range of 6 - 9,
which management believes is a fair estimate of market multiples
for the relevant CGU’s.
Cash flows were projected based on actual operating results and
next year’s forecast. Cash flows based on a five-year strategy
plan period with terminal value (terminal growth rate 1%) were
extrapolated using the following key assumptions:
2025
2024
USD/NOK
10.09
11.35
Multiple
7.5
7.5
Growth rate
1-5%
1-4%
Increase in material cost
3-8%
4-7%
Increase in pay and remuneration
3-5%
3-5%
Increase in other expenses
3-5%
3-5%
The values assigned to the key assumptions represent
management’s assessment of future trends in the maritime
industry and are based on both external sources and internal
sources.
For CGUs where the estimated recoverable amount indicate that
the unit may be impaired, additional value in use calculations are
performed using discounted future expected cash flow taking into
consideration possible variations and scenarios using weighted
average expected cash flows. The group applied a discount rate
based on a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for the CGU.
The discount rate used for 2025 is 10%.
Other intangible assets
The group recognised a USD 1 million impairment loss related to
customer contracts. In 2024, the group recognised a USD 4
million impairment loss related to discontinuation of a brand
name.
No reasonable change in any of the key assumptions on which
management has based its determination of the recoverable
amount would cause the carrying amount to exceed its
recoverable amount and indicate additional impairment indicators
as of 31 December 2025.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202587
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 7.2 Tangible assets
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Tangible assets
The group uses the cost method for property, plant and equipment.
Tangible assets are depreciated linearly over the following expected useful lives:
Properties
10-50 years
Other tangible assets
3-10 year
USD mill
Properties
Other tangible
assets
Total
Cost at 01.01.2025
662
239
900
Acquisition
45
20
65
Business combinations
4
4
Reclass/disposal
(12)
(16)
(28)
Currency translation differences
81
20
100
Cost at 31.12.2025
780
262
1 041
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 01.01.2025
(239)
(91)
(330)
Depreciation
(17)
(12)
(29)
Reclass/disposal
10
8
18
Currency translation differences
(29)
(9)
(39)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 31.12.2025
(275)
(104)
(380)
Carrying value at 31.12.2025
505
157
662
USD mill
Properties
Other tangible
assets
Total
Cost at 01.01.2024
730
243
973
Acquisition
19
16
35
Reclass/disposal
(14)
(6)
(20)
Currency translation differences
(73)
(14)
(87)
Cost at 31.12.2024
662
239
900
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 01.01.2024
(258)
(92)
(350)
Depreciation
(17)
(12)
(29)
Reclass/disposal
12
6
18
Currency translation differences
24
8
32
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 31.12.2024
(239)
(91)
(330)
Carrying value at 31.12.2024
423
148
571
Climate related considerations
Physical climate risk such as changes to weather patterns and
severity of rain, flooding, wind and other climate related events
are taken into consideration when assessing the useful life of
assets.
The group has not identified material assets to have significantly
shorter life due to climate related risks.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202588
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 8.1 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Identifying a lease
At the inception of a contract, the group assesses whether the
contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract contains a lease if the
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset
for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
For lease contracts containing a non-lease component, the non-
lease component is separated and expensed in the income
statement based on the relative stand-alone price. If an
observable stand-alone price is not readily available, the group
estimates this price with observable information.
Recognition of leases and exemptions:
At the lease commencement date, the group recognises a lease
liability and corresponding right-of-use asset for all lease
agreements in which it is the lessee, except for the following
exemptions applied:
Short-term leases (defined as 12 months or less)
Low value assets
For these leases, the group recognises lease payments as other
operating expenses in the income statement when they incur.
Measuring the lease liability:
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the
lease payments for the right to use the underlying asset during
the lease term not paid at the commencement date. The lease
term represents the non-cancellable period of the lease, plus any
period covered by an extension option period if the group expects
to exercise this option.
The group does not include variable lease payments in the lease
liability arising from contracted index regulations, subject to
future events. The lease liability is subsequently measured by
increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease
liability, reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease
payments made, and remeasuring the carrying amount to reflect
any reassessment or lease modifications, or to reflect
adjustments in lease payments due to an adjustment in an index
or rate.
Measuring the right-of-use asset
The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost.
Subsequent measurements of right-of-use assets follow the
same principles as for other non-financial assets, except that the
right-of-use asset is depreciated linearly from the
commencement date to the earlier of the lease term and the
remaining useful life.
Properties and land
5-99 years
Machinery, equipment and vehicles
3-8 years
Note 8.2 Right-of-use assets
USD mill
Properties and
land
Machinery,
equipment and
vehicles
Total
2025
Cost at 01.01
167
28
194
Additions including remeasurements
28
11
38
Reclass/disposal
(9)
(8)
(17)
Change in estimates
(1)
(1)
Currency translation differences
18
4
22
Cost at 31.12.2025
203
34
237
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 01.01
(65)
(9)
(74)
Depreciation
(24)
(6)
(30)
Reclass/disposal
8
5
13
Currency translation differences
(7)
(1)
(8)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 31.12.2025
(87)
(10)
(98)
Carrying value at 31.12.2025
116
24
139
USD mill
Properties and
land
Machinery,
equipment and
vehicles
Total
2024
Cost at 01.01
160
19
179
Additions including remeasurements
40
13
53
Reclass/disposal
(19)
(2)
(21)
Change in estimates
(1)
(1)
Currency translation differences
(14)
(2)
(16)
Cost at 31.12.2024
167
28
194
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 01.01
(60)
(7)
(66)
Depreciation
(22)
(4)
(27)
Reclass/disposal
12
1
13
Currency translation differences
5
1
6
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 31.12.2024
(65)
(9)
(74)
Carrying value at 31.12.2024
102
19
121
Climate related considerations
Physical climate risk such as changes to weather patterns and
severity of rain, flooding, wind and other climate related events
are taken into consideration when assessing the remaining lease
term and termination options related to right-of-use assets. The
group has not identified material right-of-use assets where
reduction in lease term or termination is deemed relevant due to
climate related risks.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202589
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 8.3 Lease liabilities
LEASE LIABILITIES
USD mill
2025
2024
Undiscounted lease liabilities and maturity of cash outflows
Less than 1 year
(40)
(31)
1-2 years
(28)
(27)
2-3 years
(24)
(17)
3-4 years
(20)
(15)
4-5 years
(14)
(12)
More than 5 years
(75)
(75)
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31.12
(200)
(176)
USD mill
2025
2024
Summary of the lease liabilities in the financial statements
Total lease liabilities at 01.01
134
125
Lease liabilities recognised during the year
38
53
Lease liabilities derecognised during the year
(5)
(8)
Cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liability
(39)
(34)
Interest expense on lease liabilities
7
7
Change of estimates
(4)
2
Currency translation differences
15
(11)
Total lease liabilities at 31.12
146
134
Current lease liabilities
32
26
Non-current lease liabilities
114
108
Total lease liabilities at 31.12
146
134
USD mill
2025
2024
Summary of other lease expenses recognised in income statement
Variable lease payments expensed during the year
(7)
(7)
Operating expenses related to short-term leases (including short-term low value assets)
(2)
(2)
Operating expenses related to low value assets (excluding short-term leases included above)
(2)
(2)
Total lease expenses included in other operating expenses
(11)
(11)
Practical expedients applied
The group leases personal computers, IT equipment and
machinery with contract terms of one to three years. The group
has elected to apply the practical expedient of low value assets
and does not recognise lease liabilities or right-of-use assets. The
leases are instead expensed when they incur. The group has also
applied the practical expedient to not recognise lease liabilities
and right-of-use assets for short-term leases, presented in the
table above.
The group does not have material lease commitments, not yet
commenced and therefore not included in the leases liabilities as
of 31 December 2025 (2024: nil).
Extension options
The group’s leases of buildings and land have lease terms that
varies from five years to 99 years, and several agreements involve
a right of renewal which may be exercised during the last period of
the lease terms. The group assesses at the commencement
whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the renewal right.
Purchase options
The group leases machinery, equipment and vehicles with lease
terms of three to five years. Some of these contracts includes a
right to purchase the assets at the end of the contract term. The
group assesses at the commencement whether it is reasonably
certain to exercise the purchase right. All the options are based
on market value.
Subleases
The group has subleased an immaterial part of its redundant
office buildings, classified as an operating lease.
The leases do not contain any restrictions on the group’s dividend policy or financing.
The group does not have significant residual value guarantees related to its leases to disclose.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202590
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 9 Tax
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Income tax in the income statement consists of current tax, effect
of changes in deferred tax/deferred tax assets, withholding tax
and Pillar II tax incurred in the period. Income tax is recognised in
the income statement unless it relates to items recognised
directly in equity or other comprehensive income.
Current tax:
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the
taxable income or loss for the period, using tax rates enacted or
substantially enacted at the reporting date that will be paid during
the next 12 months. Current tax also includes any adjustment of
taxes from previous years and taxes on dividends recognised in
the period.
Deferred tax / deferred tax asset:
Deferred tax is calculated using the liability method on all
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated
financial statements. Deferred income tax assets are recognised
to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be
available, and that the temporary differences can be deducted
from this profit.
Withholding tax:
Withholding tax and any related tax credits are generally
recognised in the period they are incurred.
OECD Pillar II model rules
The Pillar II model rules, issued by OECD as part of their BEPS
project, came into effect from 1 January 2024. In Norway,
Suppleringsskatteloven came into effect from 1 January 2024,
defining the framework for Norwegian ultimate parent entities.
Effective from 23 May 2023, the International Accounting
Standard Board (the IASB) issued an amendment to IAS 12, with
the amendment including a mandatory temporary exemption to
the accounting for deferred tax arising from the jurisdictional
implementation of the Pillar II model rules. The group has
implemented the mandatory temporary exemption, effective from
1 January 2023.
The groups calculation of Pillar II tax has been recognised as part
of the groups total tax income/(expense).
Ordinary taxation
The ordinary rate of corporation tax in Norway is 22% of net profit
for 2025). Norwegian limited liability companies are encompassed
by the participation exemption method for share income. Thus,
share dividends and gains are tax free for the receiving company.
Corresponding losses on shares are not deductible. The
participation exemption method does not apply to share income
from companies domiciled in what is considered low tax countries
and that are located outside the European Economic Area (EEA),
and on share income from companies domiciled outside the EEA
in which the company owns less than 10% of the shares.
For group companies located in the same country and operating
under the same tax regime, taxable profits in one company can be
offset against tax losses and loss carryforwards in other group
companies.
Deferred tax/deferred tax asset has been calculated on
temporary differences, to the extent that it is likely that these can
be used in each country.
The effective tax rate for the group will, from period to period,
change dependent on the group gains and losses from
investments inside the exemption method.
Foreign taxes
Companies domiciled outside Norway will be subject to local
taxation. When dividends are paid, local withholding taxes may be
applicable. This generally applies to dividends paid by companies
domiciled outside the EEA.
Pillar II
The group is present in jurisdictions around the world, with most
jurisdictions having a corporate income tax above 15%. In
jurisdictions with corporate income tax below 15%, the majority of
entities are CFC taxed in Norway (NOKUS). When assessing the
Pillar II exposure, the group has applied the temporary safe
harbour rules as defined by the Pillar II framework. The main
exposure for the group is related to realised and unrealised fair
value gain/loss from financial investments, where the group holds
less than 10% of the shares, which is taxable/deductible under
Pillar II regulation (exemption method under local regulation).
Exposure to such realised and unrealised gains is primarily in
Norway and Malta. The realised and unrealised fair value gain/loss
may vary from year to year based on market development and
may hence give rise to both additional taxable profit and
deductible loss under the Pillar II regulation.
USD mill
2025
2024
Distribution of tax expenses for the year
Corporate income tax
(22)
(19)
Pillar II tax
(4)
(2)
Withholding tax
(6)
(5)
Change in deferred tax
(17)
6
Total tax income/(expense)
(48)
(20)
Reconciliation of actual tax expense against expected tax expense in accordance with the
Norwegian income tax rate of 22%
Profit before tax
719
538
22% tax
(158)
(118)
Tax effect from:
Permanent differences
(16)
(5)
Non-taxable income
10
8
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates
126
104
Withholding tax and payable tax previous year
(6)
(5)
Pillar II tax
(4)
(2)
Calculated tax income/(expense) for the group
(48)
(20)
Effective tax rate for the group
6.7%
3.7%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202591
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 9 Tax
USD mill
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Net deferred tax assets
Net deferred tax assets at 01.01
40
40
Charged through income statement
(17)
6
Charged directly to equity
(1)
Currency translation differences
6
(4)
Acquisition/disposal
(2)
Net deferred tax assets at 31.12
29
40
Deferred tax assets in balance sheet
39
52
Deferred tax liabilities in balance sheet
(10)
(12)
Net deferred tax assets at 31.12
29
40
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during
the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of
balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:
USD mill
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Tax effect of temporary differences
Fixed assets
(8)
(12)
Other non-current assets and liabilities
6
3
Current assets and liabilities
2
7
Tax losses carried forward
32
42
Other
(2)
Net deferred tax assets at 31.12.
29
40
The majority of tax loss carry forward is related to entities in
Norway and the United States, without expiration of the tax loss
carry forward.
Temporary differences related to joint ventures and associates
are USD nil for the group, since all the units are regarded as
located within the area in which the exemption method applies,
and there are currently no plans to dispose of any of these
companies.
The Maritime Services segment will have shares in subsidiaries
not subject to the exemption method which could give rise to a
tax charge in the event of a sale, where no provision has been
made for deferred tax associated with a possible sale or dividend.
There are currently no plans to dispose of such companies.
Note 10 Earnings per share
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based
on the income attributable to ordinary shareholders and a
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. Own
shares are not included in the weighted average number of
ordinary shares. The weighted average number of diluted shares
is the same as the weighted average number of ordinary shares,
as the company currently has no dilutive instruments.
Earnings per share (EPS)
Earnings per share taking into consideration the number of
outstanding shares in the period. At 31 December 2025 the
company owns 394 150 own shares (1 688 812 for 31 December
2024).
Total outstanding ordinary shares as of 31 December 2025 are
32 446 526 A-shares and 9 509 324 B-shares.
Earnings per share is calculated based on an average of
42 034 267 shares for 2025 and 43 429 322 shares for 2024.
EPS ended at USD 15.52 per share for 2025 and USD 11.47 per
share for 2024.
See note 11 in the parent accounts for an overview of the largest
shareholders at 31 December 2025.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202592
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 11 Pension
Description of the pension scheme
The group’s defined contribution pension schemes for Norwegian
employees are with financial institutions providing solutions
based on investment funds. Subsidiaries outside Norway have
separate schemes for their employees in accordance with local
rules and pension schemes are, for the material part, defined
contribution plans.
The group has a supplementary pension plan, a contribution plan,
for all Norwegian employees with salaries exceeding 12 times the
Norwegian National Insurance base amount (G). However, the
group still has obligations for some employees related to salaries
exceeding 12G mainly financed from operations.
In addition, the group has agreements on early retirement. These
obligations are mainly financed from operations.
The group has an obligation towards one employee in the group’s
senior executive management. The obligation is mainly covered
through annuity policies in Storebrand.
Pension costs and obligations include payroll taxes. Actuarial
gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and
changes in assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other
comprehensive income, in the period in which they arise.
Funded
Unfunded
2025
2024
2025
2024
Number of people covered by pension schemes at 31.12
In employment
4
3
6
6
On retirement (inclusive disability pensions)
131*
20
24
Total number of people covered by pension schemes
4
134
26
30
*The subsidiary NorSea group converted the group funded defined benefit plans for the retirements to a paid-up policy.
Expenses
Commitments
2025
2024
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Financial assumptions for the pension calculations:
Discount rate
3.90%
3.70%
4.00%
3.90%
Anticipated pay regulation
3.25%
3.50%
4.00%
3.25%
Anticipated increase in National Insurance base amount (G)
3.25%
3.50%
3.75%
3.25%
Anticipated regulation of pensions
1.90%
2.40%
1.90%
1.90%
USD mill
2025
2024
Pension expenses
Service cost/net interest cost
(2)
(1)
Cost of contribution plan
(25)
(24)
Pension expenses
(28)
(25)
Total remeasurements included in OCI
1
1
USD mill
2025
2024
Pension obligations
Defined benefit obligation at end of prior year
36
37
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates
(1)
(2)
Service cost and interest expense
2
2
Termination of contracts - obligation
(10)
Remeasurements - change in assumptions
(1)
(1)
Gross pension obligations at 31.12
26
36
Fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at end of prior year
15
14
Termination of contracts - assets
(11)
Gross pension assets at 31.12
4
15
Defined benefit obligation
26
36
Fair value of plan assets
4
15
Net liability at 31.12
22
21
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202593
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 12 Combined items, balance sheet
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Loans and receivables at amortised cost
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with
fixed or determinable payments, which are not traded in an active
market.
Loans and receivables are recognised initially at their fair value
plus transaction costs.
Accounts payable and other payables
Accounts payable and other payables are recognised at the
original invoiced amount, where the invoiced amount is
considered to be approximately equal to the value derived if the
amortised cost method would have been applied.
USD mill
Note
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Non-current loans to associates and joint ventures
18
18
10
Non-current loans to others
18
3
1
Non-current financial derivatives
18
3
3
Other non-current assets
18
4
5
Total other non-current assets
28
19
OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Account receivables
275
255
Prepaid expenses
59
50
Accrued revenue
9
8
Financial derivatives
18
15
17
Other current assets
7/18
53
38
Total other current assets
411
368
OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Account payables
316
267
Accrued employee benefits
33
38
Other accrued expenses
71
50
Financial derivatives
18
20
Other current liabilities
90
62
Cylinder deposit *
7
125
123
Total other current liabilities
635
559
* Wilhelmsen Maritime Services has cylinders recognised as other
tangible asset in the balance sheet, see note 7. The cylinders are
valued at USD 116 million (2024 USD 110 million). These cylinders
are partly in the group’s own possession and partly on board
customers vessels. Most customers have paid a deposit for the
cylinders they have onboard their vessels.
Provisions in other current liabilities, including cylinder deposit
liability, does include some degree of uncertainty due to the
nature of the provisions.
Provisions are calculated and recognised based on available
information and assumptions at the time when the provision is
made, and will be updated if needed when new information
becomes available.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202594
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 13 Receivables
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Account receivables and other receivables are recognised at the
original invoiced amount, where the invoiced amount is
considered to be approximately equal to the value derived if the
amortised cost method would have been applied.
The group measure expected credit losses at lifetime expected
loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets,
including receivables from lease contracts.
To measure expected credit losses, trade receivables and
contract assets are grouped based on shared credit risk
characteristics and days past due.
The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of
sales over a period of 36 months before the reporting period and
corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this
period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and
forward looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting
the ability of the customers to settle the receivables.
The group has identified the gross domestic product and the
unemployment rate of the countries in which it sells goods and
services as the most relevant factors, and accordingly adjusts
historical loss rates based on expected changes in these factors.
USD mill
Current
Less than 90
days past due
Between 90 and
180 days past
due
More than 180
days past due
At 31.12.2025
Expected loss rate
0%
1%
7%
22%
Gross carrying amount - trade receivables
176
82
9
10
Loss allowance *
(1)
(1)
(2)
At 31.12.2024
Expected loss rate
0%
1%
9%
27%
Gross carrying amount - trade receivables
167
76
8
7
Loss allowance *
(1)
(1)
(2)
* Loss allowance is rounded to nil for current trade receivables
ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES
At 31 December 2025, USD 98 million (2024: USD 88 million) in account receivables had fallen due but not been subject to impairment. These
receivables are related to a number of separate customers. Historically, the percentage of bad debts has been low and the group expects the
customers to settle outstanding receivables.
USD mill
2025
2024
Movements in group provision for impairment of account receivables are as follows
Balance at 01.01
3
3
Balance at 31.12
3
3
Account receivables per segment
Maritime Services
222
196
New Energy
56
59
Strategic Holdings and Investments
1
Total account receivables
278
255
Account receivables 2025
Account receivables 2024
1
13
25
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202595
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 14 Non-current financial assets to fair value
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Management determines the classification of financial assets at their initial recognition, with financial assets held for trading carried at fair value.
USD mill
2025
2024
Financial assets to fair value
Financial assets to fair value at 01.01
105
99
Acquisition
4
3
Reclassified
(2)
(8)
Sale during the year
(1)
(7)
Currency translation adjustment through other comprehensive income
14
(9)
Change in fair value through income statement
8
27
Total financial assets to fair value at 31.12
129
105
USD mill
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Financial assets to fair value
Qube Holdings Limited
80
61
Australian PE funds
19
17
Other
31
27
Total financial assets to fair value
129
105
Financial assets to fair value are held in subsidiaries with different reporting currency and thereby creating translation adjustments.
Qube Holdings Limited is Australia’s largest integrated provider of import and export logistics services and listed on the Australian Securities
Exchange (ASX). As per 31 December 2025 the group held 25 million shares, 1.4% of the total (2024: 25 million shares, 1.4% of the total). The
shares in Qube Holdings Limited serve as collateral for a credit facility. See note 17.
Note 15 Inventories
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Inventories of purchased goods and work in progress are valued at cost in accordance with the weighted average cost method.
USD mill
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Inventories
Raw materials
7
7
Finished goods/products for onward sale
121
112
Total inventories
129
119
Obsolescence allowance, deducted above
3
4
Note 16 Current financial investments
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Current financial investments consists of financial assets held for trading. Derivatives are also placed in this category unless designated as
hedges.
USD mill
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Market value current financial investments
Equities
119
84
Bonds
139
36
Financial derivatives
1
Total current financial investments
257
121
The fair value of all equity securities, bonds and other financial assets is based on their closing prices in an active market.
USD mill
2025
2024
Net unrealised gain at 31.12
10
2
The portfolio of equities and bonds of USD 257 million, in the parent company, is held as collateral within a securities’ finance facility, see note
17. The portfolio’s strategy and mandate is set by the parent company’s Board of Directors and consists of a benchmark of 50%/50% share of
investment grade bonds and Nordic equities, with a trading mandate within certain set limits with regards to equity/bond allocation, portfolio
weight, and currency exposure. Reporting is provided monthly to group CEO/CFO and quarterly to parent company’s Board of Directors.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202596
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 17 Interest-bearing debt and undrawn credit facilities
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Loans are recognised at fair value when the proceeds are received, net of transaction costs. In subsequent periods, loans are stated at
amortised cost using the effective interest method.
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Interest-bearing debt
Bank and mortgages loan
281
300
Lease liabilities
146
134
Total interest-bearing debt at 31.12
18
427
434
The groups bank and mortgages loan facilities are held in the Maritime Services segment and the New Energy segment, amounting to USD 15
million and USD 267 million respectively per 31 December 2025. The New Energy debt comprises five loan facilities, where the primary facility,
amounting to USD 229 million per 31 December 2025, matures in 2027. Loan agreements entered into by the group contain financial covenants
relating to liquidity, leverage and value-adjusted equity. The group was in compliance with all covenants at 31 December 2025.
In February 2026, the loan facility held in the Maritime Services segment was terminated by the group.
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Book value of collateral, mortgaged and leased assets:
Financial assets to fair value and current financial investments
14/16
346
186
Assets in the New Energy segment
975
746
Total book value of collateral, mortgaged and leased assets at 31.12
1 321
932
The parent company's portfolio of financial investments is held as collateral within a securities’ finance facility.
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Repayment schedule for interest-bearing debt
Due in year 1
59
49
Due in year 2
255
36
Due in year 3
22
259
Due in year 4
19
13
Due in year 5 and later
71
77
Total interest-bearing debt at 31.12
18
427
434
The overview above shows the actual maturity structure, with the amount due in year one as the first year’s instalment classified under other
current liabilities.
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
The group net interest-bearing debt
Non-current interest-bearing debt
253
277
Non-current lease liabilities
114
108
Current interest-bearing debt
27
23
Current lease liabilities
32
26
Total interest-bearing debt at 31.12
427
434
Cash and cash equivalents
214
155
Current financial investments
16
257
121
Net interest-bearing debt at 31.12
(45)
157
USD mill
2025
2024
Guarantee commitments
Guarantees for group companies
2
2
Bank guarantees
42
29
Payroll tax guarantees
7
7
Total guarantee commitments at 31.12
51
38
The carrying amounts of the group’s bank loans are denominated in the following currencies
USD
15
72
NOK
247
215
DKK
19
13
Total
281
300
See otherwise note 18 for information on financial derivatives (currency hedges) relating to interest-bearing debt.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202597
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 17 Interest-bearing debt and undrawn credit facilities
USD mill
2025
2024
Net debt
Cash and cash equivalents
214
155
Liquid investments *
257
121
Borrowings - repayable within one year
(59)
(49)
Borrowings - repayable after one year
(367)
(385)
Net debt at 31.12
45
(157)
Cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments
472
276
Gross debt - variable interest rates **
(427)
(434)
Net debt at 31.12
45
(157)
* Liquid investments are investment grade bonds and liquid equities traded in active markets. These assets are held at fair value recognised
through the income statement.
** Interest-bearing debt is exposed to movements in floating interest rates in USD and NOK. Material parts of the interest rate risk in the NOK-
denominated debt is hedged within the New Energy segment.
USD mill
Liabilities from financing activities
Finance leases
due within 1 year
Finance leases
due after 1 year
Borrowings due
within 1 year
Borrowings due
after 1 year
Total financing
activities
Total interest-bearing debt at 01.01.2025
26
108
23
276
433
Reclass
31
(31)
1
(1)
Cash flows
(39)
(52)
(92)
Foreign exchange adjustments
3
12
(10)
32
36
Other non-cash movements
12
25
14
(2)
49
Total interest-bearing debt at 31.12.2025
32
114
27
253
427
Total interest-bearing debt at 01.01.2024
24
101
27
456
608
Reclass
3
(3)
(1)
1
Cash flows
(33)
(9)
(161)
(203)
Foreign exchange adjustments
(2)
(9)
(31)
(43)
Other non-cash movements
34
19
6
12
71
Total interest-bearing debt at 31.12.2024
26
108
23
277
434
Cash and cash equivalents, undrawn credit facilities
The group has cash pool arrangements within each segment. Each cash pool arrangement is considered as one financial instrument and the net
balance against the bank is presented as cash and cash equivalents. Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (Strategic Holdings and Investments
segment) owns and operates a multi-currency cash pool with a header-account in NOK, comprising subsidiaries registered in Norway.
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS (Maritime Services segment) owns and operates a multi-currency cash pool with a header-account in USD,
comprising subsidiaries in Europe, Asia-Pacific and North America. NorSea Group AS (part of the New Energy segment) owns and operates a
multi-currency cash pool with a header account in NOK, comprising subsidiaries in Norway, Denmark, Germany and the United Kingdom.
USD mill
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Committed undrawn credit facilities
435
456
Committed undrawn credit facilities are key part of the liquidity reserve.
USD mill
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Cash and cash equivalents
Banks
214
155
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202598
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.1 Financial risk
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
The group uses derivatives to address financial risk. Derivatives
are included in current assets or current liabilities, except for
maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date.
These are classified as non-current assets or other non-current
liabilities as they form part of the group’s long-term economic
hedging strategy and are not classified as held for trading.
Derivatives are recognised at fair value on the date a derivative
contract is entered into and are revalued on a continuous basis at
their fair value.
Derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting
Most derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.
Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments which do
not qualify for hedge accounting are presented in the income
statement as financial income/expense.
Derivatives which do qualify for hedge accounting
The group designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly
probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).
At the date of the hedging transaction, the group documents the
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as
well as the objective of its risk management and the strategy
underlying the various hedge transactions. The group also
documents the extent to which the applied derivatives are
effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flow
associated with the hedge items. Such assessments are
documented both initially and on an ongoing basis.
The fair value of derivatives used for hedging is shown below.
Changes in the valuation of qualified hedges are recognised
directly in other comprehensive income until the hedged
transactions are realised.
The fair value of financial derivatives traded in active markets is
based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The fair
value of financial derivatives not traded in an active market is
determined using valuation methodology, such as the discounted
value of future cash flows. Independent experts verify the value
determination for instruments which are considered material.
The group has exposure to the following financial risks from its
operations:
Market risk
Foreign exchange rate risk
Interest rate risk
Equity market risk
Credit risk
Liquidity risk
MARKET RISK
The group operates worldwide selling products and services to
the maritime and offshore industry. The group also holds strategic
investments in the maritime sector as well as financial
investments primarily in the Nordic equity and bond market. The
group is exposed to market risks including foreign exchange
rates, interest rates and equity market prices.
The group has established hedging strategies to mitigate risks on
material exposures originating from movements in currencies and
interest rates. This is compliant with the financial strategy
approved by the Board of Directors.
To mitigate risk, the group holds financial instruments for the
following purposes:
Financing: to raise finance for the group’s operations or, in the
case of short-term deposits, to invest surplus funds. The
types of instruments used include bank debt, cash and short-
term deposits.
Operational: the group’s activities generate financial
instruments, including cash, trade receivables, trade payables
and finance advances.
Risk management: to reduce risks arising from the financial
instruments described above, including foreign exchange
contracts, interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate
swaps.
Changes in the market value of foreign exchange financial
derivatives are recognised through the income statement. New
Energy segment applies hedge accounting for interest rate
hedges where derivatives are recognised in other comprehensive
income.
Associates hedge their own exposures. The group records the
effects of realised and unrealised changes in financial derivatives
held in these entities in accordance with the equity method under
“share of profit from joint ventures and associates”. The material
associates are Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA group and Hyundai
Glovis Co., Ltd. in Strategic Holdings and Investments segment
and the joint venture investment Coast Center Base group in New
Energy segment.
Foreign exchange rate risk
The group is exposed to currency risk on revenues and costs in
non-functional currencies (transaction risk), and balance sheet
items denominated in non-functional currencies (translation risk).
The group’s largest foreign exchange exposures are NOK, EUR,
SGD, AUD and KRW - all against USD.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 202599
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.2 Currency risk
TRANSACTION RISK HEDGING (CASH FLOW)
The group’s operating segments are responsible for hedging their
own material transaction risk. Within Maritime Services, USD/NOK,
EUR/USD and USD/SGD exposures are subject to a systematic
three-year rolling hedge programme, utilizing a portfolio of
currency options and currency forwards. The group target current
hedge ratio to be within the interval of 30-70% of future OpEx.
Remaining exposures are non-material and not hedged.
TRANSLATION RISK HEDGING (BALANCE SHEET)
The group’s policy for mitigating translation risk is to match the
denomination currency of assets and liabilities to as large extent
as possible.
FX SENSITIVITIES (TRANSLATION RISK)
The group monitors the net exposure and calculates sensitivities
on a regular basis, based on average market volatility per
currency cross. Sensitivities showing a potential accounting
effect below USD 5 million on group level are considered non-
material.
The sensitivity analysis below shows the impact that a reasonably
possible change in foreign exchange rates over a financial year
would have on profit after tax and equity, based solely on the
group’s foreign exchange risk exposures existing at the balance
sheet date. The group has used the observed range of actual
historical rates for the preceding one-year period, in determining
reasonably possible exchange movements to be used for the
current year’s sensitivity analysis.
USD mill
Sensitivities of foreign exchange rates risk
Change in exchange rates
(10%)
(5%)
0%
5%
10%
USD/NOK
9.08
9.58
10.09
10.59
11.09
Income statement effect
15
7
(6)
(12)
Equity effect
76
36
(33)
(62)
EUR/USD
1.06
1.11
1.17
1.23
1.29
Income statement effect
12
6
(6)
(12)
Equity effect
(4)
(2)
2
4
USD/SGD
1.16
1.22
1.29
1.35
1.41
Income statement effect
(3)
(1)
1
2
Equity effect
13
6
(6)
(11)
USD/AUD
1.35
1.42
1.50
1.57
1.65
Income statement effect
Equity effect
12
6
(5)
(10)
USD/KRW
1 298.70
1 370.85
1 443.00
1 515.15
1 587.30
Income statement effect
Equity effect
88
42
(38)
(72)
(Tax rate used is 22% that equals the Norwegian tax rate).
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Currency through Income Statement
Included in other financial income/(expenses)
Operating currency, net
(38)
15
Financial currency, net
22
(21)
Currency derivatives, realised
8
(3)
Currency derivatives, unrealised
34
(20)
Net currency items in other financial income/(expenses)
1
26
(28)
Through other comprehensive income
Currency translation differences through OCI
165
(228)
Total net currency effects
190
(257)
For Maritime Services, New Energy and Strategic Holdings and Investments, material translation risks are booked to other comprehensive
income (OCI) due to the functional currency for most of the entities being different from the reporting currency USD.
The group’s segments perform sensitivity analyses on the unhedged part of the transaction risk on a regular basis.
The portfolio of derivatives used to hedge the group’s transaction risk (described above), exhibit the following income statement sensitivity:
USD mill
Sensitivity
(10%)
(5%)
0%
5%
10%
Income statement sensitivities of economic
hedge programme - transaction risk
USD/NOK spot rate
9.08
9.58
10.09
10.59
11.09
Income statement effect
17
8
(8)
(17)
EUR/USD spot rate
1.06
1.11
1.17
1.23
1.29
Income statement effect
15
8
(8)
(15)
USD/SGD spot rate
1.16
1.22
1.29
1.35
1.41
Income statement effect
3
2
(2)
(3)
(Tax rate used is 22% that equals the Norwegian tax rate).
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025100
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.3 Interest rate risk
INTEREST RATE RISK
Interest rate risk is identified as the effect on the group’s future cash flows or fair value of financial instruments when interest rates change.
Changes in interest rates expose the group to changes in the fair value of borrowings subject to fixed interest rates (fair value risk), and changes
in future interest payments on borrowings subject to floating interest rates (cash flow risk).
The group’s strategy is to hedge material parts of the interest-bearing debt against rising interest rates. As the capital intensity varies across
the group’s business segments, which have their own policies on hedging of interest rate risk, hedge ratios vary. The main source of exposure
to interest rate risk arises from the risk associated with fair value interest rates.
Within Strategic Holdings and Investments and Maritime Services respectively, no interest rate hedging is implemented due to low net interest-
bearing debt (NIBD), whereas New Energy has hedged about 50% of its interest-bearing debt (Interest bearing debt of USD 267 million, with
hedged amount totalling USD 127 million) as of 31 December 2025.
The group has financial liabilities that are exposed to NIBOR and USD Term SOFR reference rates. The group has interest-bearing liabilities of
USD 15 million that have a USD Term SOFR reference rate. Other interest-bearing debt is primarily linked to NIBOR and NOWA. No date has
been set for the transition of NIBOR, however the group is monitoring the development of the IBOR reform.
The risk exposure related to financial instruments as a consequence of the transition is considered to be low. The IBOR reform will not change
the risk management strategy.
Sustainability-linked loans
The loan agreement in the Maritime Services segment and the primacy loan facility in the New Energy segment include sustainability-linked
KPIs. Based on the annual fulfilment of the KPI targets, the interest rate on the loans may be adjusted up to maximum of +/- 5 basis points.
USD mill
2025
2024
Maturity schedule interest rate hedges (nominal amounts)
Due in year 1
Due in year 2
69
Due in year 3
20
62
Due in year 4
33
18
Due in year 5 and later
5
34
Total interest rate hedges at 31.12
127
113
The average remaining term of the existing total debt portfolio is three years. The hedges have an average remaining term of four years.
Interest rate sensitivity
The group’s interest rate risk originates from differences in duration between assets and liabilities. On the asset side, bank deposits and
investments in interest-bearing instruments are subject to risk from changes in the general level of interest rates, primarily in USD and NOK.
The group uses the weighted average duration of interest-bearing liabilities, and financial interest rate derivatives to compute the group’s
sensitivity towards changes in interest rates.
The following sensitivity analysis shows the impact that a reasonably possible change in interest rates over a financial year would have on profit
after tax and equity. The impact is determined by assessing the effect of a reasonably possible change in interest rates would have had on
interest income and expense and the impact on financial instrument fair values existing at the balance sheet date. The analysis is performed
assuming a parallel shift in the relevant interest rate curves of 1%- and 2%-points.
USD mill
Fair value sensitivities of interest rate risk
Change in interest rates' level
(2%)
(1%)
0%
1%
2%
Equity effect
(5)
(2)
2
5
(Tax rate used is 22% that equals the Norwegian tax rate).
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025101
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.4 Equity market risk
EQUITY MARKET RISK
The group holds several assets listed on equity markets as well as a defined portfolio of financial assets for a proportion of the group’s short-
term liquidity. The investment portfolio is divided between stocks and bonds, holding positions in various sectors. The majority of the
investments are concentrated within the Nordic countries and are diversified across more than 30 different companies. The bond positions
exclusively fall within the Investment Grade space.
Below table summarises the equity market sensitivity towards the market value of all listed equities held as current financial investments, see
note 16.
Income statement sensitivities of equity market risk
USD mill
Change in equity prices
Change in market value
(20%)
(10%)
0%
10%
20%
Income statement effect
(32)
(16)
16
32
(Tax rate used is 22% that equals the Norwegian tax rate).
Note 18.5 Credit risk
CREDIT RISK
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the group if a customer or counterparty to a financial derivative fails to meet its contractual obligations.
The group’s credit risk originates primarily from the account receivables, financial derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk or foreign
exchange risk, as well as investments, including bank deposits.
TRADE RECEIVABLES
The group’s exposure to credit risk on its receivables varies across segments and subsidiaries.
Within Maritime Services and New Energy, the global customer base provides diversification with respect to credit risk on receivables. The
segments monitor and manage their respective credit risk on a regular basis. Reference is made to note 13.
BANK DEPOSITS AND FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
The group maintains cash management operations and trades financial derivatives with a selection of financially solid banks (as determined by
their official credit ratings), limiting the corresponding credit risk.
OTHER CREDIT EXPOSURES
No material loans or receivables were past due or impaired at 31.12.2025 (analogous for 2024).
Guarantees
The group’s policy is that no financial guarantees are provided by the parent company. However, financial guarantees are provided within
Maritime Services and New Energy. See note 17 for further details.
Credit risk exposure
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date
was as per below table:
USD mill
Note
2025
2024
Exposure to credit risk
Financial derivatives (interest)
12
3
3
Account receivables
12
278
255
Bonds
16
139
36
Cash and bank deposits
17
214
155
Total exposure to credit risk at 31.12
634
450
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025102
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.6 Liquidity risk
LIQUIDITY RISK
The group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that the group meets its liabilities, under both normal and stressed conditions, without
incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the group’s reputation.
The group’s liquidity risk is low in that it holds significant liquid assets in addition to credit facilities with the banks.
At 31 December 2025, the group had in excess of USD 551 million (2024: USD 338 million) in cash, investment grade bonds and listed equities
(cash and cash equivalents, current financial investments and investment in Qube Holdings Limited), in addition to USD 435 million (2024: USD
456 million) in committed undrawn credit facilities.
USD mill
Less than 1 year
Between 1 and 2
years
Between 2 and 4
years
5 years and
more
Undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 2025
Mortgages
27
218
5
16
Finance lease liabilities
32
23
36
55
Bank loan
15
Interest due
19
18
10
39
Total undiscounted cash flow financial liabilities at 31.12
79
273
51
110
Current liabilities (excluding next year's instalment on interest-bearing debt)
531
Total gross undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities at 31.12
610
273
51
110
Undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 2024
Mortgages
23
13
183
13
Finance lease liabilities
26
22
25
61
Bank loan
1
64
2
Financial derivatives
20
Interest due
30
25
24
36
Total undiscounted cash flow financial liabilities at 31.12
98
61
296
113
Current liabilities (excluding next year's instalment on interest-bearing debt)
451
Total gross undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities at 31.12
550
61
296
113
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025103
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.7 Financial assets to fair value
USD mill
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial assets to fair value
Equities
119
119
Bonds
139
139
Financial derivatives
17
17
Financial assets to fair value
80
10
39
129
Total financial assets at 31.12.2025
337
28
39
404
Financial liabilities to fair value
Financial derivatives
(1)
Total financial liabilities at 31.12.2025
(1)
Financial assets to fair value
Equities
84
84
Bonds
36
36
Financial derivatives
21
21
Financial assets to fair value
61
8
36
105
Total financial assets at 31.12.2024
181
29
36
246
Financial liabilities to fair value
Financial derivatives
(20)
(20)
Total financial liabilities at 31.12.2024
(20)
(20)
USD mill
2025
2024
Changes in level 3 instruments
Opening balance at 01.01
36
24
Reassessment of other long term investments
19
Gain/(loss) recognised through income statement
3
(8)
Closing balance at 31.12
39
36
The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. A market is regarded
as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory
agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.
The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the group is the current close price. These instruments are included in level 1.
Instruments included in level 1 at the end of 2025 are liquid investment grade bonds and listed equities (analogous for 2024).
The fair value of financial instruments not traded in an active market (over-the-counter contracts) are based on third party quotes (Mark-to-
Market). These quotes use observable market rates for price discovery. The different techniques typically applied by financial counterparties
(banks) were described above. These instruments - FX and IR derivatives - are included in level 2.
If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the derivatives are in level 3.
USD mill
2025
2024
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
New Energy
3
3
Total interest rate derivatives at 31.12
3
3
Currency derivatives
Maritime Services
20
Strategic Holdings and Investments
1
Total currency derivatives at 31.12
1
2
20
Other derivatives
New Energy*
16
Total other derivatives at 31.12
16
Total market value of financial derivatives at 31.12
3
21
20
Book value equals market value
*Other derivatives in New Energy 2024 comprise the warrant towards Reach Subsea ASA, see note 4.2 for more information
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025104
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.8 Financial instruments by category
Financial instruments by category 2025
USD mill
Note
Financial assets
at amortised
cost
Fair value
through the
income
statement
Total
Assets
Other non-current assets
12
28
28
Financial asset to fair value
14
129
129
Current financial investments
16
258
258
Current financial derivatives
12
3
3
Other current assets
12
328
328
Cash and cash equivalent
214
214
Assets at 31.12.2025
570
390
961
USD mill
Note
Liabilities at
fair value
through the
income
statement
Other financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
Total
Liabilities
Non-current interest-bearing debt
17
367
367
Current interest-bearing liabilities
17
59
59
Current financial derivatives
12
Other non-current liabilities
12
8
8
Other current liabilities
12
531
531
Liabilities at 31.12.2025
8
958
966
Financial instruments by category 2024
USD mill
Note
Financial assets
at amortised
cost
Fair value
through the
income
statement
Total
Assets
Other non-current assets
12
19
19
Financial asset to fair value
14
105
105
Current financial investments
16
120
120
Current financial derivatives
12
21
21
Other current assets
12
293
293
Cash and cash equivalent
155
155
Assets at 31.12.2024
467
246
713
USD mill
Note
Liabilities at
fair value
through the
income
statement
Other financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
Total
Liabilities
Non-current interest-bearing debt
17
385
385
Current interest-bearing liabilities
17
49
49
Current financial derivatives
12
20
20
Other non-current liabilities
12
8
8
Other current liabilities
12
451
451
Liabilities at 31.12.2024
28
885
913
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025105
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 18.9 Selected topics
COVENANTS
The group’s bank and lease financing are subject to financial or
non-financial covenant clauses related to one or several of the
following:
Limitation on the ability to pledge assets
Change of control
Minimum liquidity
NIBD/EBITDA or equivalent Debt-Service Coverage-Ratios
Loan-to-Value
As of the balance sheet date, the group is not in breach of any
financial or non-financial covenants. Covenants are related to the
consolidated accounts of Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS and
NorSea Group AS.
CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The group’s overall policy is to maintain a strong capital base to
maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain
future business development. The Board of Directors monitors
various return metrics, where Return on Equity and dividend levels
are predominant.
The group seeks to maintain a balance between the potential
higher returns stemming from higher levels of financial gearing
and the advantages of a strong balance sheet. The financial
strategy and setting of thresholds for capital structure, return
requirements and risk are revised by the Board of Directors.
FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION
The fair value of financial instruments traded in an active market is
based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The fair
value of financial instruments not traded in an active market (over-
the-counter contracts) is based on third party quotes. These
quotes use observable market rates for price discovery. Specific
valuation techniques used by financial counterparties (banks) to
value financial derivatives include:
Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar derivatives.
The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the net
present value of the estimated future cash flows based on
observable yield curves.
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is
determined using forward exchange rates at the balance
sheet date, with the resulting value discounted back to net
present value.
The fair value of foreign exchange option contracts is
determined using observable forward exchange rates,
volatility, yield curves and time-to-maturity parameters at the
balance sheet date, resulting in an option premium. Options
are typically valued by applying the Black-Scholes model.
The carrying value less impairment provision of receivables and
payables are assumed to approximate their fair values. The group
estimates the fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure
purposes by discounting the future contractual cash flows at
current market interest rates available to the group for similar
financial derivatives.
USD mill
Note
Fair value
Book value
Interest-bearing debt
Mortgages
267
266
Finance lease liabilities
146
146
Bank loan
15
15
Total interest-bearing debt at 31.12.2025
17
428
427
Mortgages
234
233
Finance lease liabilities
134
134
Bank loan
68
67
Total interest-bearing debt at 31.12.2024
17
436
434
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025106
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 19 Related party transactions
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Transactions with related parties include shared services and other services provided by the group. Shared Services are priced in accordance
with the principles set out in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines and are delivered according to agreements that are renewed annually.
The services are:
Ship management including crewing, technical and management service.
Agency services.
Freight and liner services.
Marine products.
Shared services.
The ultimate owner of the group is Tallyman AS, which controls 63.61% of voting shares of the group. Tallyman AS is controlled by Thomas
Wilhelmsen.
Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the remuneration report.
Business office,
country
Ownership
Material related parties in the group are:
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA (WAWI)
Norway
37.9%
Coast Center Base AS / KS
Norway
50.0%
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship Management group
Germany
50.0%
USD thousand
2025
2024
KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION
Base salary
2 119
1 963
Bonus
3 270
2 201
Pension
650
556
Other benefits
455
381
Total
6 494
5 100
Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the remuneration report.
USD mill
2025
2024
OPERATING REVENUE FROM RELATED PARTY
Sale of goods and services to joint ventures and associates:
WAWI
29
26
Maritime Services
13
9
New Energy
1
1
Operating revenue from related party
43
36
OPERATING EXPENSES TO RELATED PARTY
Purchase of goods and services from joint ventures and associates:
Maritime Services
(4)
(3)
New Energy
(32)
(26)
Operating expenses to related party
(36)
(29)
ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES FROM RELATED PARTY
Maritime Services
7
5
Account receivables from related party at 31.12
7
5
ACCOUNT PAYABLES TO RELATED PARTY
Maritime Services
(2)
(3)
New Energy
(4)
(5)
Account payables to related party at 31.12
(6)
(8)
NON-CURRENT ASSETS TO RELATED PARTY
Maritime Services
2
Non-current assets to related party at 31.12
2
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES TO RELATED PARTY
New Energy
(5)
Non-current liabilities to related party at 31.12
(5)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025107
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 20 Contingencies
The size and global activities of the group dictate that companies in the group will be involved from time to time in disputes and legal actions.
The group is not aware of any financial risk associated with disputes and legal actions which are not largely covered through insurance
arrangements. Nevertheless, any such disputes/actions which might exist are of such a nature that they will not significantly affect the group’s
financial position.
Fraud risk, with examples such as risk of cyber-based fraud attempts, are continuously being assessed by the group, with mitigating actions
being conducted to prevent such attempts. While the potential financial effect from fraud may be significant in the most severe cases, the
group assesses the risk of fraud attempts being successful to be low, with the group not being aware of any ongoing cases.
Risk factors related to climate and environmental changes as well as regulatory changes responding to such changes are taken into
consideration when assessing the risk of events occurring that could significantly affect the group’s financial position. The group has not
identified any material exposure that could significantly affect the group’s financial position.
Note 21 Alternative performance measures
Alternative performance measures
This section describes non-GAAP financial alternative performance measures (APM) that may be used in the quarterly and annual reports and
related presentations.
The following measures are not defined nor specified in the applicable financial reporting framework of IFRS. They may be considered as non-
GAAP financial measures that may include or exclude amounts that are calculated and presented according to the IFRS. These APMs are
intended to enhance comparability of the results, balance sheet and cash flows from period to period and it is the group’s experience that these
are frequently used by investors, analysts and other parties. Internally, these APMs are used by the management to measure performance on a
regular basis. The APMs should not be considered as a substitute for measures of performance in accordance with IFRS.
EBITDA is defined as Total income (Operating revenue and gain/(loss) on sale of assets) adjusted for Operating expenses. EBITDA is used as an
additional measure of operational profitability, excluding the impact from financial items, taxes, depreciation and amortisation.
EBITDA adjusted is defined as EBITDA excluding certain income and/or cost items which are not regarded as part of the underlying operational
performance for the period. The group does not report EBITDA adjusted on a regular basis, but may use it on a case by case basis to better
explain operational performance.
EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a % of of Total income.
EBITDA margin adjusted is defined as EBITDA adjusted as a % of Total income, with Total income also adjusted for the same income elements
as those which have been adjusted for in EBITDA adjusted.
EBIT is defined as Total income (Operating revenue and gain/(loss) on sale of assets) less Operating expenses, Other gain/loss and depreciation
and amortisation. EBIT is used as a measure of operational profitability excluding the effects of how the operations were financed, taxed and
excluding foreign exchange gains & losses.
EBIT adjusted, EBIT margin and EBIT margin adjusted will, if used, be prepared in the same manner as described under EBITDA.
Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD) is defined as total interest bearing debt (Non-current interest-bearing debt and Current interest-bearing
debt) less Cash and cash equivalents and Current financial investments.
Equity ratio is defined as Total equity as a percent of Total assets.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025108
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 22 General accounting policies
SUMMARY OF MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
This note sets out a list of the significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, to the
extent they are not disclosed elsewhere in the notes to the consolidated financial statements or in the parent company’s financial statements.
Accounting policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
New and amended standards adopted by the group
New or amended standards and interpretations issued during the current period, effective from 1 January 2025, are not expected to have
material impact on the entity in the current period or future.
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements, was issued on 9 April 2024. IFRS 18 is not mandatory for the 31 December 2025
reporting period and has not been early adopted by the group.
The group has assessed the impact of IFRS 18, identifying material implications in the allocation of currency translation effects and fair value
changes of derivatives to the three income statement categories, defined by the standard. Under IAS 1 regulation, currency translation effects
and fair value changes of derivatives are presented as part of financial items. Under IFRS 18, both currency translation effects and fair value
changes from derivatives, to a greater extent, will be allocated to the operating category.
Unrealised and realised gain/(loss) related to financial investments are presented as part of financial items under IAS 1 regulation. Under IFRS 18
regulation, gain/(loss) from financial investments will be allocated to the investing category.
Other new or amended accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2025 reporting
periods and have not been early adopted by the group. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current
or future reporting periods.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment
in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The exceptions are Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding Invest Malta Ltd., where Australian dollar
(AUD) is the functional currency, and the the Norwegian entity Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS, where US dollar (USD) is the functional
currency. The consolidated financial statements are presented in USD, rounded off to the nearest whole million.
The presentation currency of the separate statements of the group’s parent company is NOK, which is also its functional currency. The
accounts are rounded off to the nearest whole thousand.
Translations and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented on a net basis in the income statement, within finance income/expenses.
Business combination
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other
assets are acquired.
Note 23 Events after the balance sheet date
On 4 March 2026, Edda Wind ASA has entered into agreements involving the potential sale of its vessels fleet including newbuilds. Completion
of the sale is conditional upon inspections being completed and certain conditions precedent being satisfied. The accounting effect of the
potential transaction is expected to be positive for the group.
The group has approximately 300 full-time employees in UAE, Oman, Qatar, Kuwait, and Bahrain. Given the scope of the group’s activities in the
area, the conflict will have an impact on the group’s performance. The group is focused on the wellbeing of employees, working with customers
and partners to mitigate disruption where possible and looking after our assets in the best possible way given the circumstances.
No other material events occurred between the balance sheet date and the date when the accounts were presented which provide new
information about conditions prevailing on the balance sheet date.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025109
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Parent company
financial statements
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025110
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Income statement Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
Operating income
1
25 179
28 973
Operating expenses
Employee benefits
2
(116 254)
(105 652)
Other operating expenses
1
(71 790)
(60 302)
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
3
(2 528)
(2 148)
Total operating expenses
(190 572)
(168 102)
Operating profit/(loss)
(165 392)
(139 129)
Change in fair value financial assets
7
14 900
Net financial income
1/4
4 657 416
3 592 114
Net financial expenses
1/4
(148 176)
(86 416)
Profit before tax
4 358 747
3 366 570
Tax income/(expense)
5
(67 115)
(22 534)
Profit for the year
4 291 633
3 344 036
Transfers and allocations
To equity
3 124 202
2 490 612
Proposed dividend
839 117
514 694
Interim dividend paid
328 314
338 730
Total transfers and allocations
4 291 633
3 344 036
Comprehensive income Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Profit for the year
4 291 633
3 344 036
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement
Remeasurement pension liabilities, net of tax
5 652
6 256
Total comprehensive income for the year
4 297 285
3 350 293
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025111
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Balance sheet Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
NOK thousand
Note
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
ASSETS
Deferred tax assets
5
51 188
64 480
Intangible assets
3
7 422
8 875
Properties and other tangible assets
3
25 691
14 902
Investments in joint ventures and associates
6
9 360 543
6 770 899
Non-current financial investments
7/13
105 233
90 333
Non-current sublease receivables
4/14
227 819
289 864
Other non-current assets
14
34 206
39 395
Non-current assets
9 812 101
7 278 748
Current financial investments
8/13
2 603 470
1 381 679
Trade and other receivables
14
2 342
3 643
Current sublease receivables
4/14
40 190
41 699
Current loan to group companies
14
1 191 669
1 192 407
Other current assets
10
95 742
731 036
Cash and cash equivalents
9
433 660
290 197
Current assets
4 367 073
3 640 661
Total assets
14 179 173
10 919 409
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Paid-in capital
11
847 000
891 600
Retained earnings and other reserves
11 729 014
8 929 974
Total equity
12 576 014
9 821 574
Pension liabilities
12
58 241
67 168
Non-current lease liabilities
4
227 819
289 864
Non-current liabilities
286 060
357 032
Public duties payable
5 945
5 397
Trade and other payables
14
5 212
10 740
Current portion of lease liabilities
4/14
40 190
41 699
Other current liabilities
10/14
1 265 752
682 968
Current liabilities
1 317 099
740 803
Total equity and liabilities
14 179 173
10 919 409
Lysaker, 18 March 2026
The Board of Directors of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Electronically signed:
Carl E. Steen (chair)
Thomas F. Borgen
Morten Borge
Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen
Ulrika Laurin
Thomas Wilhelmsen (group CEO)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025112
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cash flow statement Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
Profit before tax
4 358 747
3 366 570
Financial (income)/expenses
1
(4 509 240)
(3 505 699)
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
3
2 528
2 148
Change in net pension asset/liability
(1 680)
772
Change in other assets and liabilities
(85 280)
(70 731)
Net cash flow from operating activities
(234 925)
(206 939)
Dividend/group contribution received
14
4 204 056
3 317 746
Group contribution paid
14
(1 119 748)
Investments in tangible and intangible assets
3
(11 863)
(2 220)
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
6
(1 379 644)
(337 691)
Repayment of financial sublease
4
41 777
41 228
Changes in cash pool receivables
14
672 799
(670 879)
Net purchase of current financial investments
(1 047 533)
(68 779)
Dividend and other financial income received from financial assets
50 121
49 189
Interest received included interest of sublease receivable
1
137 783
76 330
Net cash flow from investing activities
1 547 747
2 404 923
Proceeds from issue of debt after debt expenses
490 000
505 000
Repayment of debt
(549 406)
(1 595 814)
Repayment of lease liabilities
4
(41 777)
(41 228)
Interest paid included interest of financial lease debt
(20 275)
(18 263)
Cash from/(to) financial derivatives
(32 459)
13 621
Changes in cash pool payables
202 980
(115 283)
Purchase of own shares
14
(375 414)
(511 643)
Dividend to shareholders
(843 008)
(780 667)
Net cash flow from financing activities
(1 169 360)
(2 544 276)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
143 463
(346 292)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
290 197
636 489
Cash and cash equivalents at 31.12
433 660
290 197
The company has several bank accounts in different currencies.
Unrealised currency effects are included in net cash provided by operating activities.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025113
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Equity Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
NOK thousand
Note
Share capital
Own shares
Retained
earnings
Total
Balance at 31.12.2024
891 600
(33 776)
8 963 750
9 821 574
Interim dividend paid
(328 314)
(328 314)
Proposed dividend
(839 117)
(839 117)
Purchase/sale and cancellation of own shares
(44 600)
25 893
(356 707)
(375 414)
Profit for the year
4 291 633
4 291 633
Comprehensive income for the year
5 652
5 652
Balance at 31.12.2025
11
847 000
(7 883)
11 736 897
12 576 014
NOK thousand
Note
Share capital
Own shares
Retained
earnings
Total
Balance at 31.12.2023
891 600
(7 726)
6 952 476
7 836 350
Interim dividend paid
(338 730)
(338 730)
Proposed dividend
(514 694)
(514 694)
Purchase of own shares
(26 300)
(490 599)
(516 899)
Sale of own shares
250
5 026
5 276
Repayment of previous years' dividend
(20)
(20)
Profit for the year
3 344 036
3 344 036
Comprehensive income for the year
6 254
6 254
Balance at 31.12.2024
11
891 600
(33 776)
8 963 750
9 821 574
In February 2025, the company acquired 611 061 own shares (443 253 A-shares and 167 808 B-shares). In June 2025, the company acquired
334 885 own shares (170 576 A-shares and 164 309 B-shares). In August 2025, a total of 10 608 own A-shares were sold as part of the
employee share programme. Additionally, in August the company completed a share capital reduction through cancellation of 1 323 633 own A-
shares and 906 367 own B-shares. As a result, the company had 394 150 own shares at 31 December 2025.
At 31 December 2025 , the company’s share capital comprises 32 676 367 A-shares and 9 673 633 B-shares, totalling 42 350 000 shares with a
nominal value of NOK 20.00 each. B-shares do not carry a vote at the General Meeting. Otherwise, each share confers the same rights in the
company.
The proposed dividend for fiscal year 2025 is NOK 20.00 per share. A decision on the proposal will be taken by the Annual General Meeting on
30 April 2026.
In April 2024, the company acquired 440 000 own shares (20 441 A-shares and 419 559 B-shares). In August 2024, the company acquired an
additional 875 000 own shares (656 000 A-shares and 219 000 B-shares). In October 2024, a total of 12 488 own A-shares were sold to
employees as part of the employee share programme. As a result, the company had 1 688 812 own shares at 31 December 2024.
Dividend for fiscal year 2024 of NOK 12.00 per share was paid to the shareholders in May 2025. The Annual General Meeting additionally
authorised a second dividend up to NOK 8.00 per share and this was paid in November 2025, bringing the total dividend paid in 2025 to NOK
20.00 per share.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025114
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Parent company notes
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025115
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 1 Combined items, income statement
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
OPERATING INCOME
Other income
1 160
1 374
Income from group companies
14
24 020
27 599
Total operating income
25 179
28 973
OPERATING EXPENSES
Expenses to group companies
14
(26 519)
(26 941)
Communication and IT expenses
(5 935)
(3 896)
External services
2
(20 935)
(18 559)
Travel and meeting expenses
(4 423)
(3 194)
Marketing expenses
(7 918)
(3 603)
Lease expenses
(931)
(863)
Other expenses
(5 128)
(3 246)
Total other operating expenses
(71 790)
(60 302)
FINANCIAL INCOME/(EXPENSES)
Financial income
Investment management
8
229 107
107 301
Interest income
7 836
9 558
Interest income financial sublease
4
12 493
10 916
Dividend/group contribution from associates and subsidiaries
14
4 278 033
3 392 570
Other financial income
14
129 946
71 770
Total financial income
4 657 416
3 592 114
Financial expenses
Interest expenses
(7 782)
(7 347)
Interest expenses financial lease
4
(12 493)
(10 916)
Other financial expenses
14
(127 901)
(68 153)
Total financial expenses
(148 176)
(86 416)
Net financial income/(expenses)
4 509 240
3 505 699
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025116
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 2 Employee benefits
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
Salaries including bonuses
(85 830)
(74 198)
Payroll tax
(14 158)
(11 654)
Pension cost
12
(10 296)
(8 129)
Welfare and other personnel expenses
(5 970)
(11 671)
Total employee benefits
(116 254)
(105 652)
Average number of employees
30
30
Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the remuneration report.
EXPENSED AUDIT FEE (excluding VAT)
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Statutory audit
(1 008)
(930)
Tax advisory fee
(51)
Other assurance services
(4 075)
(1 141)
Total expensed audit fee
(5 133)
(2 071)
Note 3 Intangible and tangible assets
NOK thousand
Intangible
assets
Properties
Other tangible
assets
Total
Cost at 01.01.2025
11 621
18 066
5 852
35 540
Acquisition
11 573
290
11 863
Cost at 31.12.2025
11 621
29 640
6 142
47 403
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 01.01.2025
(2 746)
(5 907)
(3 110)
(11 762)
Depreciation/amortisation
(1 453)
(992)
(82)
(2 528)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment at 31.12.2025
(4 199)
(6 899)
(3 192)
(14 290)
Carrying value at 31.12.2025
7 422
22 741
2 950
33 112
Cost at 01.01.2024
13 312
16 092
5 757
35 161
Acquisition
1 974
245
2 220
Reclass/disposal
(1 691)
(150)
(1 841)
Cost at 31.12.2024
11 621
18 066
5 852
35 540
Accumulated depreciation/amortisation at 01.01.2024
(2 984)
(5 248)
(3 224)
(11 456)
Depreciation/amortisation
(1 453)
(658)
(36)
(2 148)
Reclass/disposal
1 691
150
1 841
Accumulated depreciation/amortisation at 31.12.2024
(2 746)
(5 907)
(3 110)
(11 762)
Carrying value at 31.12.2024
8 875
12 160
2 742
23 777
Intangible and tangible assets are depreciated linearly over the following expected useful lives:
Intangible assets
3-5 years
Properties
Up to 25 years
Other tangible assets
3-10 years
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025117
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 4 Lease liabilities and sublease receivables
THE LEASE CONTRACTS
The company has leases related to property. The leasing liability refers to headquarter and parking places leased from an external lessor. This
lease is subleased to a group company.
The company also holds a lease contract for office space from a group company. This lease is recognised as an operating lease with expenses
recognised as other operating expenses in the statement of profit or loss as they incur.
Summary of the lease liabilities in the financial statements
NOK thousand
2025
Lease liability at 01.01
331 563
Cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liability
(54 271)
Interest expense on lease liabilities
12 493
Additions and remeasurements
(21 777)
Lease liability at 31.12
268 009
Non-current lease liabilities
227 819
Current portion of lease liabilities
40 190
Lease liability at 31.12
268 009
2024
Lease liability at 01.01
246 252
Cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liability
(52 144)
Interest expense on lease liabilities
10 916
Additions and remeasurements
126 539
Lease liability at 31.12
331 563
Non-current lease liabilities
289 864
Current portion of lease liabilities
41 699
Lease liability at 31.12
331 563
All financial leases are leased from external parties.
Undiscounted lease liabilities and maturity of cash flows
NOK thousand
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Less than 1 year
50 170
54 271
1-2 years
50 170
54 271
2-3 years
50 170
54 271
3-4 years
50 170
54 271
4-5 years
50 170
54 271
More than 5 years
50 170
108 541
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31.12
301 019
379 894
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025118
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 4 Lease liabilities and sublease receivables
Summary of sublease receivable
NOK thousand
2025
Sublease receivable at 01.01
331 563
Repayment of sublease receivable
(54 271)
Interest income on sublease receivable
12 493
Additions and remeasurements
(21 777)
Total financial sublease receivable at 31.12
268 009
Non-current sublease receivable
227 819
Current sublease receivable
40 190
Total financial sublease receivable at 31.12
268 009
2024
Sublease receivable at 01.01
246 252
Repayment of sublease receivable
(52 144)
Interest income on sublease receivable
10 916
Additions and remeasurements
126 539
Total financial sublease receivable at 31.12
331 563
Non-current sublease receivable
289 864
Current sublease receivable
41 699
Total financial sublease receivable at 31.12
331 563
Property including parking places are subleased to the subsidiary WilService AS in 2025 and 2024.
Undiscounted sublease receivable and maturity of cash flows
NOK thousand
31.12.2025
31.12.2024
Less than 1 year
50 170
54 271
1-2 years
50 170
54 271
2-3 years
50 170
54 271
3-4 years
50 170
54 271
4-5 years
50 170
54 271
More than 5 years
50 170
108 541
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31.12
301 019
379 894
Unearned finance income
33 010
48 331
Net sublease receivable
268 009
331 563
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025119
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 5 Tax
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Allocation of tax income/(expense) for the year
Pillar II tax
(55 417)
Change in deferred tax
(11 698)
(22 534)
Total tax income/(expense)
(67 115)
(22 534)
Basis for tax computation
Profit before tax
4 358 747
3 366 570
22% tax
(958 924)
(740 645)
Tax effect from
Net permanent differences
947 226
718 112
Pillar II tax
(55 417)
Current year calculated tax income/(expense)
(67 115)
(22 534)
Effective tax rate
1.54%
0.7%
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Deferred tax assets
Tax effect of temporary differences
Fixtures
45
66
Current assets and liabilities
(2 292)
(2 522)
Non-current liabilities and provisions for liabilities
36 495
32 592
Tax losses carried forward
16 940
34 344
Deferred tax assets
51 188
64 480
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax asset at 01.01
64 480
88 778
Tax effect of group contribution through income statement
(16 275)
(29 395)
Charge to equity (tax of OCI)
(1 594)
(1 764)
Change of deferred tax through income statement
4 577
6 861
Deferred tax assets at 31.12
51 188
64 480
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025120
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 6 Investments in subsidiaries and associates
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Shares in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated companies are presented according to the cost method in the parent company. Group
contribution received is included in dividends from subsidiaries. Group contributions and dividends from subsidiaries are recognised in the
parent company the year in which they are proposed, to the extent that the parent company can control the subsidiary’s decision through its
shareholdings at the balance sheet date.
Shares in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount may exceed the recoverable amount of the investment. An impairment loss is reversed if the impairment situation is
deemed to no longer exist.
NOK thousand
Business office country
Voting share/
ownership
share
2025 Book
value
2024 Book
value
Associate
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
Lysaker, Norway
37.9%
1 142 694
1 142 694
Subsidiaries
Treasure AS *
Lysaker, Norway
100.0%
2 672 686
1 387 692
Wilhelmsen New Energy AS **
Lysaker, Norway
100.0%
3 465 892
2 232 932
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS
Lysaker, Norway
100.0%
1 264 440
1 264 440
WilNor Governmental Services AS ***
Lysaker, Norway
0.0%
15 310
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding Invest Malta Limited
Valletta, Malta
100.0%
700 000
700 000
WilService AS
Lysaker, Norway
100.0%
1 550
1 550
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Invest AS ****
Lysaker, Norway
100.0%
113 273
26 273
Wilhelmsen GRC Sdn Bhd
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
100.0%
8
8
Total investments in subsidiaries and associates
9 360 543
6 770 899
* Increased shareholding in Treasure AS from 84.2% to 100%, for a total consideration of NOK 1 285 million.
** Group contribution of NOK 1 233 million.
*** Shareholding transferred to NorSea through group contribution.
**** Capital increase of NOK 87 million.
Note 7 Financial assets to fair value
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Management determines the classification of financial assets at their initial recognition, and financial assets are held for trading carried at fair
value.
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Financial assets to fair value
At 1 January
90 333
76 075
Acquisition
14 258
Change in fair value through income statement
14 900
Total financial assets to fair value
105 233
90 333
Financial assets to fair value
Nordic Corporate Bank ASA
105 233
90 333
Total financial assets to fair value
105 233
90 333
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025121
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 8 Current financial investments
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Current financial investments
Equities
1 196 885
956 024
Bonds
1 403 596
409 689
Financial derivatives
2 988
15 966
Total current financial investments
2 603 470
1 381 679
The fair value of all equity securities, bonds and other financial assets is based on their closing prices in
an active market.
The net unrealised gain at 31.12
303 570
207 190
The portfolio of financial investments is held as collateral within a securities’ finance facility. See note 9.
Note 9 Restricted bank deposits and undrawn committed drawing rights
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Held as collateral within a securities’ finance facility
Undrawn committed drawing rights at 31.12
1 176 087
1 354 227
Cash
Bank deposits
433 660
290 197
Total cash at 31.12
433 660
290 197
Restricted bank deposits
36 141
3 682
The company is the owner of the cash pool with the Norwegian subsidiaries as participants. Bank balances in subsidiaries are presented as
intercompany receivables/payables in the parent financial statements. The cash pool covers following currencies; NOK, USD, EUR, SEK, GBP,
JPY, AUD and DKK.
There are no credit lines related to the cash pool. The parent company has a bank guarantee for the payroll tax. At 31 December 2025 the
guarantee amounted to NOK 20 million (31 December 2024 NOK 20 million).
Note 10 Combined items, balance sheet
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Cash pool intercompany receivables
14
38 943
711 742
Other current assets
20 657
15 612
Restricted bank deposits
9
36 141
3 682
Total other current assets at 31.12
95 742
731 036
OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Proposed dividend
839 117
514 694
Cash pool intercompany payables
14
255 162
52 183
Other current liabilities
171 473
116 091
Total other current liabilities at 31.12
1 265 752
682 968
The fair value of current receivables and payables is virtually the same as the carried amount, since the effect of discounting is insignificant.
Lending is at floating rates of interest.
The fair value is approximately equal to the carrying amount. See note 13.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025122
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 11 Shareholders and dividend
FINANCIAL REPORTING POLICIES
Share capital and own shares
When the parent company purchases its own shares (treasury
shares), the consideration paid, including any attributable
transaction costs net of income tax, is deducted from the equity
attributable to the parent company’s shareholders, until the
shares are liquidated or sold. If these shares were subsequently
sold or reissued, any consideration received would be included in
share capital.
Dividend and group contribution in the parent accounts
Proposed dividend for the parent company’s shareholders is
shown in the parent company account as a liability at 31
December current year. Group contribution to the parent
company is recognised as a financial income and current asset in
the financial statement at 31 December current year.
The largest shareholders at 31 December 2025
Shareholders
A shares
B shares
Total number of
shares
% of total
shares
% of voting
stock
Tallyman AS
20 784 730
2 281 044
23 065 774
54.46%
63.61%
J.P. Morgan SE
Nominee
633 684
1 147 456
1 781 140
4.21%
1.94%
J.P. Morgan SE
Nominee
408 739
843 076
1 251 815
2.96%
1.25%
Varner Equities AS
308 207
821 003
1 129 210
2.67%
0.94%
Pareto Aksje Norge Verdipapirfond
1 005 149
1 005 149
2.37%
3.08%
Intertrade Shipping AS
317 500
527 500
845 000
2.00%
0.97%
Folketrygdfondet
280 000
330 000
610 000
1.44%
0.86%
Stiftelsen Tom Wilhelmsen
370 400
236 000
606 400
1.43%
1.13%
J.P. Morgan SE
Nominee
123 875
386 630
510 505
1.21%
0.38%
The Bank Of New York Mellon
Nominee
244 351
240 948
485 299
1.15%
0.75%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
229 841
164 309
394 150
0.93%
0.70%
Salt Value AS
225 462
163 828
389 290
0.92%
0.69%
MP Pensjon PK
79 965
276 636
356 601
0.84%
0.24%
VPF Fondsfinans Utbytte
324 116
324 116
0.77%
0.99%
Forsvarets Personellservice
315 950
315 950
0.75%
0.97%
Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB
Nominee
147 118
157 104
304 222
0.72%
0.45%
Verdipapirfondet Fondsfinans Norge
252 137
252 137
0.60%
0.77%
J.P. Morgan Chase Bank
Nominee
206 667
4 213
210 880
0.50%
0.63%
BNP Paribas
Nominee
202 788
202 788
0.48%
0.00%
Citibank
Nominee
188 086
188 086
0.44%
0.58%
Other
6 230 390
1 891 098
8 121 488
19.18%
19.07%
Total number of shares
32 676 367
9 673 633
42 350 000
100.00%
100.00%
At 31 December 2025 the company had 394 150 own shares (corresponding figure at 31 December 2024 was 1 688 812 own shares).
Shares on foreigners hands
At 31 December 2025, 4 694 622 (14.37%) A shares and 4 107 725 (42.46%) B shares were held by foreign shareholders.
Corresponding figures at 31 December 2024 were 4 796 450 (14.11%) A shares and 4 190 092 (39.6%) B shares.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025123
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 12 Pension
Description of the pension scheme
The company’s defined contribution pension schemes for
Norwegian employees are with financial institutions providing
solutions based on investment funds.
The company has “Ekstrapensjon”, a contribution plan for all
Norwegian employees with salaries exceeding 12 times the
Norwegian National Insurance base amount (G). The contribution
plan replaced the company obligations, which were mainly
financed from operations. In addition, the company has
agreements on early retirement. These obligations are mainly
financed from operations. The company has an obligation
towards one employee in the company’s senior executive
management. The obligation is mainly covered via group annuity
policies in Storebrand.
Pension costs and obligations include payroll taxes.
The liability recognised in the balance sheet for the remaining
defined benefit pension plans is equal to the present value of the
defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period, less
the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligations are
calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash
outflows. The discount rates are based on high-quality corporate
bonds denominated in the currency of the benefits, with
maturities that approximate those of the related pension
obligation.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments
and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to
equity in other comprehensive income, in the period in which they
arise.
Number of people covered by pension schemes at 31.12
Funded
Unfunded
2025
2024
2025
2024
In employment
1
1
3
3
On retirement (inclusive disability pensions)
5
4
Total number of people covered by pension schemes
1
1
8
7
Financial assumptions for the pension calculations:
Expenses
Commitments
2025
2024
2025
2024
Discount rate
3.90%
3.70%
4.00%
3.90%
Anticipated pay regulation
3.25%
3.50%
4.00%
3.25%
Anticipated increase in National Insurance base amount (G)
3.25%
3.50%
3.75%
3.25%
Anticipated regulation of pensions
1.90%
2.40%
1.90%
1.90%
Anticipated pay regulation is business sector specific, influenced
by composition of employees under the plans. Anticipated
increase in G is tied up to the anticipated pay regulations.
Anticipated regulation of pensions is determined by the
difference between the return on assets and the hurdle rate.
Actuarial assumptions: all calculations are calculated on the basis
of the K2013 mortality tariff. The disability tariff is based on the KU
table.
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Funded
Unfunded
Total
Funded
Unfunded
Total
Pension expenses
Service cost
(2 086)
(795)
(2 881)
(2 289)
(890)
(3 179)
Net interest cost
(308)
(2 051)
(2 359)
(492)
(2 022)
(2 514)
Cost of defined contribution plan
(5 056)
(5 056)
(2 436)
(2 436)
Net pension expenses
(7 450)
(2 846)
(10 296)
(5 217)
(2 912)
(8 129)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025124
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 12 Pension
NOK thousand
2025
2024
Total remeasurement included in OCI
5 652
6 256
Pension obligations
Defined benefit obligation at end of prior year
93 968
97 817
Service cost and interest expense
6 350
6 629
Benefit payments from plan
(3 638)
(1 773)
Remeasurements - change of assumptions
(7 439)
(8 705)
Gross pension obligations at 31.12
89 241
93 968
Fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at end of prior year
26 800
23 400
Interest income
1 110
936
Employer contributions
3 716
3 510
Administrative expenses paid from plan assets
(433)
(362)
Return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
(193)
(684)
Gross pension assets at 31.12
31 000
26 800
Net liability at 31.12
58 241
67 168
Premium payments in 2026 are expected to be NOK 12.5 million (2025: NOK 12 million). Payments from operations are estimated at NOK 2.5
million in 2026 (2025: NOK 2.0 million).
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025125
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 13 Financial risk
CREDIT RISK
Guarantees
The group’s policy is that the parent company will not provide any
financial guarantees.
Cash and bank deposits
The parent’s exposure to credit risk on cash and bank deposits is
considered to be very limited, as the parent maintains banking
relationships with a selection of banks that have strong credit
ratings.
LIQUIDITY RISK
The parent’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure sufficient
liquidity to meet its liabilities, under both normal and stressed
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking
damage to the parent and group’s reputation.
The parent’s liquidity risk is considered to be low, as it holds
significant liquid assets in addition to undrawn credit facilities.
FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION
The fair value of financial instruments traded in an active market is
based on quoted market prices on the balance sheet date. The
fair value of financial instruments not traded in an active market
(over-the-counter contracts) are based on third party quotes.
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments
include: Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar
instruments. The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as
the present value of the estimated future cash flows, based on
observable yield curves.
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is
determined using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet
date, with the resulting value discounted back to present value.
The fair value of foreign exchange option contracts is determined
using observable forward exchange rates, volatility, yield curves
and time-to-maturity parameters at the balance sheet date,
resulting in an option premium.
The carrying value less impairment provision of receivables and
payables are assumed to approximate their fair values. The fair
value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by
discounting the future contractual cash flows, at the current
market interest rate, that is available to the company for similar
financial instruments.
The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is
based on closing prices at the balance sheet date. A market is
regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly
available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing
service, or regulatory agency, and if those prices represent actual,
regularly occurring market transactions conducted on an arm’s
length basis.
The fair value of financial instruments not traded in an active
market is determined by using valuation techniques. These
valuation techniques use observable market data where available
and rely, as little as possible, on entity specific estimates. These
instruments are included in level 2. Instruments included in level 2
are FX and IR derivatives.
If one or more of the significant valuation inputs are not based on
observable market data, the instruments are included in level 3.
Total financial instruments and short term financial investments
NOK thousand
Note
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total balance
2025
Financial assets to fair value
Equities
1 196 885
1 196 885
Bonds
1 403 596
1 403 596
Financial derivatives
2 988
2 988
Financial assets to fair value
7
105 233
105 233
Total financial assets at 31.12.2025
2 600 482
2 988
105 233
2 708 703
2024
Financial assets to fair value
Equities
956 024
956 024
Bonds
409 689
0
0
409 689
Financial derivatives
0
15 966
0
15 966
Financial assets to fair value
7
0
0
90 333
90 333
Total financial assets at 31.12.2024
1 365 713
15 966
90 333
1 472 012
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025126
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 13 Financial risk
Financial instruments by category
NOK thousand
Note
Financial assets
at amortised
cost
Fair value
through income
statement
Total
2025
Assets
Non-current sublease receivables
4
227 819
227 819
Other non-current assets
34 206
34 206
Financial assets to fair value
7
105 233
105 233
Current financial investments
8
2 600 482
2 600 482
Financial derivatives
8
2 988
2 988
Current sublease receivables
4
40 190
40 190
Other current assets
98 084
98 084
Cash
9
433 660
433 660
Assets at 31.12.2025
833 959
2 708 703
3 542 662
NOK thousand
Note
Other financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
Fair value
through income
statement
Total
2025
Liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
4
227 819
227 819
Current portion of lease liabilities
4
40 190
40 190
Other current liabilities
10
1 265 752
1 265 752
Liabilities at 31.12.2025
1 533 761
1 533 761
NOK thousand
Note
Financial assets
at amortised
cost
Fair value
through income
statement
Total
2024
Assets
Non-current sublease receivables
4
289 864
289 864
Other non-current assets
39 395
39 395
Financial assets to fair value
7
90 333
90 333
Current financial investments
8
1 365 713
1 365 713
Financial derivatives
8
15 966
15 966
Sublease receivable current
4
41 699
41 699
Other current assets
734 680
734 680
Cash
9
290 197
290 197
Assets at 31.12.2024
1 395 835
1 472 012
2 867 847
NOK thousand
Note
Other financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
Fair value
through income
statement
Total
2024
Liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
4
289 864
289 864
Current portion of lease liabilities
4
41 699
41 699
Other current liabilities
10
682 968
682 968
Liabilities at 31.12.2024
1 014 531
1 014 531
See note 18 in the group financial statement for further information about the group risk factors.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025127
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 14 Related party transactions
The ultimate owner of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA is Tallyman AS, which controls 63.61% of voting shares of the group. Tallyman AS is
controlled by Thomas Wilhelmsen.
Shares owned or controlled by related party of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA at 31 December 2025.
Name
A-shares
B-shares
Total number of
shares
% of total
shares
% of voting
stock
Thomas Wilhelmsen - group CEO
20 834 524
2 288 210
23 122 734
54.60%
63.76%
The company delivers services to other group companies, primarily human resources, communication and treasury (“Shared Services”).
In accordance with service level agreements, WilService AS delivers in-house services such as canteen, post, switchboard and rent of office
facilities and Wilhelmsen Global Business Services delivers accounting services and IT to the company. Generally, Shared Services are priced
using a cost plus 5% margin calculation, in accordance with the principles set out in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines and are delivered
according to agreements that are renewed annually.
NOK thousand
2025
2024
KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
Short-term employee benefits
29 607
26 992
Key management personnel compensation
29 607
26 992
Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the remuneration report.
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
OPERATING REVENUE FROM RELATED PARTY
WAWI group
3 124
2 993
Maritime Services
11 786
11 335
New Energy
7 118
11 279
Strategic Holdings and Investments
1 992
1 992
Operating revenue from related party
1
24 020
27 599
OPERATING EXPENSES TO RELATED PARTY
Maritime Services
(9 522)
(10 318)
Strategic Holdings and Investments
(16 997)
(16 624)
Operating expenses to related party
1
(26 519)
(26 941)
FINANCIAL INCOME FROM RELATED PARTY
WAWI group
4 032 642
3 066 600
Maritime Services
73 213
13 571
New Energy
115 711
172 725
Strategic Holdings and Investments
173 920
195 530
Financial income from related party
4 395 486
3 448 426
FINANCIAL EXPENSES TO RELATED PARTY
Maritime Services
(554)
(442)
New Energy
(2 353)
(2 280)
Strategic Holdings and Investments
(2 881)
(3 015)
Financial expenses to related party
(5 788)
(5 737)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025128
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Note 14 Related party transactions
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNT PAYABLES WITH RELATED PARTY
Account receivables
Maritime Services
2 309
2 789
New Energy
292
123
Strategic Holdings and Investments
900
1 946
Account receivables from related party at 31.12
3 501
4 859
Cash pool receivables
Maritime Services
1 145
56 288
New Energy
35 658
649 526
Strategic Holdings and Investments
2 140
5 928
Cash pool receivables from related party at 31.12
10
38 943
711 742
Cash pool payables
Maritime Services
(2 418)
(120)
New Energy
(228 987)
(18 646)
Strategic Holdings and Investments
(23 757)
(33 417)
Cash pool payables to related party at 31.12
10
(255 162)
(52 183)
NOK thousand
Note
2025
2024
NON-CURRENT LOAN TO RELATED PARTY
Strategic Holdings and Investments
34 206
39 395
Non-current loan to related party at 31.12
34 206
39 395
CURRENT LOAN TO RELATED PARTY
Maritime Services
1 191 669
1 192 407
Current loan to related party at 31.12
1 191 669
1 192 407
NON-CURRENT SUBLEASE TO RELATED PARTY
Strategic Holdings and Investments - Wilservice AS
227 819
289 864
Non-current sublease to related party at 31.12
4
227 819
289 864
CURRENT SUBLEASE TO RELATED PARTY
Strategic Holdings and Investments - Wilservice AS
40 190
41 699
Current sublease to related party at 31.12
4
40 190
41 699
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025129
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Note 15 Events after the balance sheet date
No material events occurred between the balance sheet date and the date when accounts were presented that provide new information about
conditions existing at the balance sheet date.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025130
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Auditor’s report for financial statements
Revisjonsberetning WWH ASA 2025 (signert)_Page1.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025131
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for financial statement
Revisjonsberetning WWH ASA 2025 (signert)_Page2.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025132
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for financial statement
Revisjonsberetning WWH ASA 2025 (signert)_Page3.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025133
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for financial statement
Revisjonsberetning WWH ASA 2025 (signert)_Page4.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025134
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for financial statement
Revisjonsberetning WWH ASA 2025 (signert)_Page5.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025135
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for financial statement
Revisjonsberetning WWH ASA 2025 (signert)_Page6.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025136
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for financial statement
Revisjonsberetning WWH ASA 2025 (signert)_Page7.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025137
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Auditor’s report for sustainability statement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA CSRD Audit Opinion 2025 signed_Page1.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025138
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for sustainability statement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA CSRD Audit Opinion 2025 signed_Page2.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025139
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for sustainability statement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA CSRD Audit Opinion 2025 signed_Page3.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025140
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for sustainability statement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA CSRD Audit Opinion 2025 signed_Page4.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025141
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for sustainability statement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA CSRD Audit Opinion 2025 signed_Page5.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025142
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Cont. Auditor’s report for sustainability statement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA CSRD Audit Opinion 2025 signed_Page6.png
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025143
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report    Group structure
Responsibility statement
We confirm, to the best of our knowledge, that the consolidated
set of financial statements for the period 1 January to
31 December 2025 has been prepared in accordance with current
applicable accounting standards and gives a true and fair view of
the group assets, liabilities, financial position and profit for the
entity and the group taken as a whole.
We also confirm, to the best of our knowledge, that the integrated
Annual report 2025 provides a true and fair view of the
development, performance and financial position of Wilh.
Wilhelmsen Holding ASA and the Wilhelmsen group and includes
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties the
companies face. It also meets the information
requirements of the Norwegian Accounting Act regarding the
report of the Board of Directors, statements on corporate
governance, and corporate social responsibility, and that the
country-by-country report for 2025 has been prepared in
accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act.
We further confirm, to the best of our knowledge, that the 2025
sustainability statement has been prepared in accordance with,
and meets the information requirements of, the Norwegian
Accounting Act, European Sustainability Reporting Standards
(ESRS) and EU taxonomy (Article 8 of EU Regulation 2020/852).
Lysaker, 18 March 2026
The Board of Directors of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Electronically signed:
Carl E. Steen (chair)
Thomas F. Borgen
Morten Borge
Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen
Ulrika Laurin
Thomas Wilhelmsen (group CEO)
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025144
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Corporate governance report
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025145
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Corporate governance report
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Wilhelmsen believes sound
corporate governance is important
because it:
Contributes to the greatest possible value
creation over time in the best interests of the
company’s shareholders, employees, and
other stakeholders.
Reduces risk.
Ensures fair treatment of all stakeholders.
Ensures easy access to timely, accurate and
relevant information about the company’s
business.
Strengthens the confidence in the company
and increases the company’s attractiveness.
The Corporate governance report for 2025 is,
inter alia, based on the requirements of the
Norwegian Accounting Act and the
recommendations of the Norwegian Code of
Practice for Corporate Governance. Any
deviation from the Code of Practice is
described under the relevant section below.
Implementation and reporting on corporate
governance
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (Wilhelmsen) is a
public limited liability company organised under
Norwegian law. Listed on a regulated market,
Euronext Oslo Børs, the company is subject to
general Norwegian securities’ legislation and
Euronext Oslo Børs’ regulations.
The Corporate governance report follows the
requirements of the Norwegian Accounting Act §2-9
and the recommendations in the Norwegian Code
of Practice for Corporate Governance (Code of
Practice, dated 28 August 2025). The Code of
Practice includes provisions and guidance that in
part elaborate on existing legislation and in part
cover areas not addressed by legislation. The
structure of this report is aligned with the structure
of the Code of Practice.
Comply or explain principle
The Corporate governance report follows the
“comply and explain” principle. Where Wilhelmsen
does not fully comply with the Code of Practice, an
explanation of the reason for the deviation and
what solution the company has selected has been
included.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Business
Business activities
According to Wilhelmsen’s Articles of association,
the company’s objective is to engage in shipping,
maritime services, aviation, industry, commerce,
finance business, brokerage, agencies and
forwarding, to own or manage real estate, and to
run business related thereto or associated
therewith. While present business activities and
strategic investments mainly are within maritime
services, offshore energy services, and shipping and
related logistics services, the board finds it
appropriate to maintain a broad objective to allow
for a wider range of activities and investments.
Strategy and risk
The Board conducts a yearly strategy review of the
business portfolio and the ownership strategy for
main activities and investments. This is
supplemented by selective business reviews and
topic related “deep dives” on a regular basis. The
board further evaluates the group’s risk profile on a
quarterly basis. The strategy and risk profile are
defined with the aim to create long term value for
shareholders in a sustainable manner.
A summary of the strategic direction and a risk
review is included in the business and performance
section of the Annual report 2025.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Equity and dividends
Capital structure
The board considers it appropriate for the parent
company to maintain a net liquidity reserve of
minimum USD 200 million, and for group business
activities to be financed by the relevant subsidiary on a
non-recourse basis. This is consistent with the strategy
and risk profile of the group and the parent company.
Dividend
The dividend policy states that “Wilhelmsen’s goal
is to provide shareholders with a high return over
time through a combination of rising value for the
company’s shares and payment of dividend. The
objective is to have consistent yearly dividend paid
twice annually, targeting an annual dividend yield
of 3 – 5% over time.”
Wilhelmsen has a history of paying dividend twice a
year. If adjusting for the cancellation of the second
dividend in 2020 and the related extraordinary
dividend paid the year after, annual dividend has
varied between NOK 5.00 and NOK 18.00 per share
for the 12 years from 2013 to 2024, increasing to
NOK 20.00 in 2025. To achieve the objective of
consistent yearly dividend paid twice annually, the
board is proposing to the Annual General Meeting
scheduled for 30 April 2026 a first dividend of NOK
20.00, and that the board is authorised to distribute
additional dividend of up to NOK 8.50 per share.
Share buybacks
Wilhelmsen uses share buybacks as a tool to
distribute value to shareholders.
At the 30 April 2025 Annual General Meeting, the
board proposed and was granted, on behalf of the
company, authorisation to acquire shares in the
company with a nominal value of up to NOK 84.7
million, equivalent to 10% of the current share
capital. Shares acquired may be used either in
connection with acquisitions, in connection with
employee share programmes, for subsequent
deletion of such shares, or in a combination of these
purposes. The authorisation is valid until the
company’s Annual General Meeting 2026, but no
longer than until 30 June 2026.
At the 30 April 2025 Annual General Meeting, it was
resolved to liquidate a total of 2 230 000 own class A
shares and class B shares. The capital reduction and
cancellation of own shares was completed on 29
August 2025.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025146
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
At the date of this report, Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding
ASA owns 394 150 own shares, split on 229 841 class
A shares and 164 309 class B shares.
The board will make a proposal to the next Annual
General Meeting on 30 April 2026 for a renewed
mandate to buy up to 10% of the company’s shares,
valid for one year. Shares acquired may be used
either in connection with acquisitions, in
connection with employee share programmes, for
subsequent deletion of such shares, or in a
combination of these purposes.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Equal treatment of shareholders
Transactions in own shares
Any transactions the company carries out in its own
shares are carried out through the stock exchange
and at prevailing stock exchange prices, or in such
other ways which will ensure equal treatment of all
shareholders.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Shares and negotiability
Listed on Euronext Oslo Børs with the tickers
“WWI” and “WWIB” for the class A and class B
shares respectively, all shares are freely negotiable.
There are no restrictions on negotiability in the
company’s Articles of association.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
General meetings
Matters to be dealt with and decided by the annual
general meeting and procedures related to general
meetings are outlined in article 8 of the Articles of
association. The annual general meeting is
normally held late April or early May. In addition,
extraordinary general meetings may be convened if
required. Shareholders registered in Euronext
Securities Oslo are notified electronically or by
postal mail no later than 21 days prior to general
meetings. For annual general meetings, published
documentation includes the integrated Annual
report (covering among others Business and
performance, Sustainability statement, Financial
statements, and the Corporate governance report),
the Remuneration report, the Remuneration
guideline for senior executives (minimum every
four years), and the proposal from the nomination
committee.
General meetings are held as fully digital meetings,
allowing shareholders to both attend and vote
through electronic communication. Shareholders
may also nominate a proxy or vote in advance. The
deadline for electronic registration of advance
votes, proxy, and instructions, together with the
deadline for advance votes, proxies and instructions
submitted by post or e-mail are stated in the notice
of the general meeting. According to the Articles of
association, the notice of a general meeting may
state that those shareholders wishing to participate
in the general meeting have to report to the
company by a certain deadline, which shall not be
less than two working days prior to the general
meeting. Shareholders may vote on each individual
matter, including individual candidates proposed
for election.
The board chair, group CEO, group CFO, auditor,
nomination committee chair and board members
will have the possibility to attend general meetings
and will participate based on requirement and
availability.
The general meeting elects the chair for the general
meeting. The signed minutes in Norwegian of
general meetings are published on Euronext Oslo
Børs NewsWeb, together with an office translation
of the minutes in English. The office translation in
English is also available on the company’s website
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Nomination committee
According to article 7 of the Article of association,
Wilhelmsen shall have a nomination committee
consisting of two to four members.
The work of the Wilhelmsen nomination committee
follows the “Guidelines for the nomination
committee” approved by the Annual General
Meeting on 30 April 2019.
The nomination committee consists of the
following members:
Nomination committee
member
Elected
Period
Elected to
Jan Gunnar Hartvig (chair)
02.05.2024
2 years
2026
Frederik Selvaag
02.05.2024
2 years
2026
Silvija Seres
02.05.2024
2 years
2026
All nomination committee members are
independent of the Board of Directors and the
executive personnel.
As part of the nomination process, the committee
has contact with relevant stakeholders, including
shareholders, the Board of Directors, and the
company’s executive personnel. Input and
proposals to the nomination committee may also be
sent to the nomination committee secretary, with
contact details and deadline for input and proposals
available on the company’s website
wilhelmsen.com. The company’s website also
includes information on the background of the
nomination committee members.
The nomination committee provides its proposal to
the annual general meeting in form of a report,
which among others includes justification of
proposed candidates.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Board of Directors: composition and independence
According to article 5 of the Articles of association,
the company’s board is made up of five to seven
members and up to three deputy members. The
chair, members, and deputy members of the board
are elected by the general meeting.
The composition of the board is made to ensure it
meets the company’s need for expertise, capacity,
and diversity. Focus is also on ensuring that the
board can function effectively as a collegiate body.
Information on the background and experience of
each individual board member is available on the
company’s website wilhelmsen.com.
During 2025, the board consisted of the following
members:
Board member
Elected
Period
Elected to
Carl E. Steen (chair) *
30.04.2025
2 years
2027
Thomas F. Borgen
02.05.2024
2 years
2026
Morten Borge *
30.04.2025
2 years
2027
Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen
02.05.2024
2 years
2026
Ulrika Laurin
02.05.2024
2 years
2026
* Elected for two years at the 27.04.2023 Annual General Meeting
and re-elected at the 30.04.2025 Annual General Meeting.
The board does not include executive personnel,
and all board members are independent of the
executive personnel, material business contacts,
and the main shareholder.
The board had eight meetings in 2025 with a 100%
meeting attendance. In addition, the board had a
full strategy day with management, and an
extended board tour.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025147
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
The board instruction encourages board members
to own shares in the company. The nomination
committee recommends that board members use
20% of their net annual board remuneration to buy
shares in Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA up until
the accumulated value of their shareholding in
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA is equal to, or
exceeds, the gross annual remuneration received by
the board member from the company.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
The work of the Board of Directors
Board instruction and work of the board
The board has issued a board instructions for its
own work. The instruction reflects the role,
responsibilities, and work procedures of the board
as laid down in the Norwegian Public Companies
Act. This includes procedures for how to handle any
situations where a board member or a close
associate has a conflict of interest related to a board
matter, and how to handle agreements with related
parties.
The board evaluates its performance and expertise
on an annual basis. A summary of the evaluation is
provided as input to the nomination committee.
The group CEO and group CFO are normally present
at board meetings, as are other executives
depending on agenda and issues to be discussed.
Board committees
The board has two board committees.
The board audit committee has in 2025 consisted of
board member Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen as chair
and board member Thomas F. Borgen as member.
The committee held five meetings in 2025. The
work of the board audit committee is governed by a
mandate set by the board.
The board remuneration and people committee has
in 2025 consisted of board chair Carl E. Steen as
chair and board members Morten Borge and Ulrika
Laurin. The committee held four meetings in 2025.
The work of the board remuneration and people
committee is governed by a mandate set by the
board.
Executive management instructions
The board has issued instructions for executive
management covering among others internal
allocation of responsibilities and duties. This
includes Chart of Authority, Owner’s statement for
controlled business units, and Owner’s statement
for non-controlled investments.
Directors and officers liability insurance
Wilhelmsen has placed and maintains Directors and
Officers Liability Insurance (D&O) with reputable
insurers with appropriate ratings. Named insured is
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA and subsidiaries,
excluding certain specific areas. The D&O insurance
provides financial protection for the directors and
officers of a company in the event that they are
being sued in conjunction with the performance of
their duties as they relate to the company. The
insurance comprises the directors’ and officers’
personal legal liabilities, including defence- and
legal costs. The cover also includes employees in
managerial positions or employees who become
named in a claim or investigation or is named co-
defendant.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Risk management and internal control
The board believes that the company’s internal
control and systems for risk management are sound
and appropriate given the extent and nature of the
company’s activities. The system contributes to
sound control characterised by integrity and ethical
attitudes throughout the organisation.
Governing documents, the code of conduct,
policies, policy descriptions, frameworks, and
procedures are documented and electronically
available to the company’s employees through the
company’s global integrated management system.
Various internal control activities give management
and the board assurance that the internal control of
financial systems, group policies and subsidiary
boards are working adequately and according to
management’s and the board’s expectations.
The group has a global whistleblowing system
including procedures and channels for giving notice
to the company about potential noncompliance.
The whistleblowing channel is available for internal
and external parties.
The board reviews the company’s risk matrix on a
quarterly basis and the internal control
arrangements at least once a year.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
Remuneration of the Board of Directors is
determined by the annual general meeting and is
not dependent upon the company’s results. The fee
reflects the responsibilities of the board, its
expertise, the amount of time devoted to its work
and the complexity of the company’s businesses. No
board member holds share options in the company.
In 2025, none of the board members performed
assignments for the company other than serving on
the board of the company.
An overview of the remuneration of the Board of
Directors is specified in the Remuneration report,
prepared on an annual basis and available on the
company’s website wilhelmsen.com.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Remuneration of executive personnel
Pursuant to the Norwegian Public Limited Liability
Companies Act, the board shall prepare
remuneration guidelines for senior executives. The
guidelines shall be approved by the general meeting
in the event of any significant amendment, and at
least every four years. The Remuneration guideline
for senior executives in Wilhelmsen was last
approved by the Annual General Meeting on 2 May
2024, and is available on the company’s website
The Remuneration guideline for senior executives is
developed to ensure that senior executive
remuneration complies with relevant regulatory
requirements, shareholder expectations, and is
aligned with the group’s strategy, ambition, and
governing elements. Remuneration should be
performance-based and easy to understand and
assessed by the group’s various stakeholders.
An overview of the remuneration of senior
executives is specified in the Remuneration report,
prepared on an annual basis and available on the
company’s website wilhelmsen.com.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025148
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Information and communication
Wilhelmsen has established an investor relations
policy, which is published on the company’s
website wilhelmsen.com. The policy is based on the
Oslo Børs Code of Practice for IR. According to the
policy, Wilhelmsen will publish interim reports
each quarter in addition to half-year and annual
reports. In 2025, two of the quarterly reports were
covered through webcast presentations, which
included a Q&A session.
The investor relations policy further states that the
main source of information about the Wilhelmsen
group is the company’s website wilhelmsen.com,
including among others financial information,
governing elements, and company news.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Takeovers
The Board instruction includes guiding principles
for how the board will act in the event of a take-over
bid. In all material aspects, the guiding principles
follow the recommendations outlined in the Code of
Practice.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Auditor
The auditor of Wilhelmsen is
PricewaterhouseCoopers AS.
The board audit committee’s mandate is to assist
the board in exercising its oversight responsibility
with respect to certain defined matters. This
includes the qualifications, engagement,
compensation, independence and performance of
the external auditor regarding the audit process and
the auditing of the company’s financial statements,
and their engagement to provide any other services.
The external auditor participates in board audit
committee meetings on a regular basis.
The auditor is also invited to attend the board
meeting were the annual accounts (preliminary
and/or final) are considered, as well as any other
meetings where the board requests their presence.
Finally, the board has a yearly meeting with the
auditor without the presence of management.
The board has established the principle that use of
the auditor for services other than audit shall be
limited.
The fee to external auditors, broken down on
statutory audit, tax advisory fee, and other
assurance services, is specified in note 6 to the
Wilhelmsen group accounts and note 2 to the parent
company accounts.
Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025149
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Group structure
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025150
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Group structure
At 31 December 2025
Group management team
Christian_Berg_2026_1600xpl.jpg
Bjoerge_Grimholt_2026_1600xpl.jpg
Geir_Flaesen_2026_1600xpl.jpg
Benedicte_Teigen_Gude_2026_1600xpl.jpg
Thomas_Wilhelmsen_2026_1600xpl.jpg
Thomas Wilhelmsen
Christian Berg
Benedicte Teigen Gude
Bjørge Grimholt
Geir Flæsen
(group CEO)
(group CFO)
(Chief of Staff)
(Executive vice president Maritime Services)
(Executive vice president New Energy)
Wilhelmsen group
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA,
Treasure AS,
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS,
Wilhelmsen New Energy AS,
Norway 37.87%
Norway
Norway
Norway
Maritime Services Segment
New Energy Segment
For full group company list sorted by business unit see under Strategic Holdings and Investments, Maritime Services, and New Energy below.
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025151
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Strategic Holdings and Investments
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA,
Norway 37.87%
Treasure AS, Norway
Wilhelmsen GRC Sdn.Bhd.,
Malaysia
Wilservice AS, Norway
Wilhelmsen Invest
Infrastructure AS, Norway
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Invest AS,
Norway
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding
Invest Malta Ltd, Malta
Strandveien 50 Holding AS,
Norway 24.6%
Den Norske Amerikalinje AS,
Norway
Hyundai Glovis Co., Ltd.,
Republic of Korea 11%
Unless otherwise stated, the company is owned 100%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025152
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Maritime Services
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS, Norway
Wilhelmsen Maritime
Services Invest AS, Norway
Wilhelmsen Ship
Management
Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Wilhelmsen Port Services
Wilhelmsen Global Business
Services
Wilhelmsen Chemicals AS,
Norway
Wilhelmsen Insurance
Services AS, Norway
Denholm Port Services Ltd,
United Kingdom 40%
For full group company list
sorted by business unit see
below.
Wilhelmsen Ship
Management Holding AS,
Norway
Wilhelmsen Ships Service
AS, Norway
Wilhelmsen Port Services
AS, Norway
Wilhelmsen Global Business
Services AS, Norway
For full group company list sorted by business unit see below.
Unless otherwise stated, the company is owned 100%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Insurance Services AS
Norway
100.00%
Marine Supply System AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Chemicals AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Maritime Services Invest AS
Norway
100.00%
Wavesapp AS
Norway
100.00%
C-Loop AS
Norway
100.00%
Round Fort Capital AS
Norway
100.00%
Ceataec AS
Norway
100.00%
Havtec Invest Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Denholm Port Services Limited
United Kingdom
40.00%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Ship Management
Wilhelmsen Ship Management (Norway) AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Personnel (Norway) AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Holding AS
Norway
100.00%
WSM Invest AS
Norway
100.00%
Hecla Emissions Management AS
Norway
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Servicos Maritimos do Brasil Ltda.
Brazil
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Personnel D.O.O.
Croatia
100.00%
Diana Wilhelmsen Management Limited
Cyprus
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Cyprus Holding LTD
Cyprus
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Cyprus Limited
Cyprus
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Energy Solutions (Cyprus) Limited
Cyprus
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship Management GmbH & Co. KG (50%)
Germany
50.00%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025153
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Cont. Maritime Services
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Ship Management cont.
Verwaltung Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel GmbH (50%)
Germany
50.00%
Barber Ship Management Germany GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Projects Germany GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Projects Germany Verwaltungs GmbH
Germany
100.00%
WASM Steamship Acquisition GMBH & CO. KG
Germany
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Bulk GmbH & Co.KG
Germany
50.00%
Verwaltungs Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Bulk GmbH
Germany
50.00%
Waterway IT Services GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
25.00%
BestShip GmbH & Cie. KG
Germany
50.00%
Verwaltung BestShip GmbH
Germany
50.00%
OceanCart GmbH & Cie. KG
Germany
100.00%
Verwaltung OceanCart GmbH
Germany
100.00%
Barber Tanker Management GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
50.00%
Verwaltung Barber Tanker Management GmbH
Germany
50.00%
ZEABORN Crew Management GmbH & Cie. KG
Germany
100.00%
Verwaltung ZEABORN Crew Management GmbH
Germany
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Navigation GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
50.00%
Verwaltung Wilhelmsen Navigation GmbH
Germany
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Limited
Hong Kong
100.00%
Barklav (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Personnel (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
100.00%
WSM Global Services Limited
Hong Kong
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management (India) Private Limited
India
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Personnel (Kenya) Ltd
Kenya
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Sdn Bhd
Malaysia
100.00%
RightProc Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship Management B.V (50%)
Netherlands
50.00%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Ship Management cont.
OOPS (Panama) S.A
Panama
100.00%
Wilhelmsen-Smith Bell Manning, Inc
Philippines
25.00%
*
WilhMar Manning Philippines Inc.
Philippines
24.96%
*
Wilhelmsen Marine Personnel Sp. z o.o.
Poland
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Korea Ltd
Republic of Korea
100.00%
Barklav S.R.L.
Romania
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Singapore Pte Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Rightproc Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
iRute Travel Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
ZS Ship Management PTE. LTD.
Singapore
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship Management Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
50.00%
WSM Energy Solutions PTE. LTD.
Singapore
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Denizcilik Ve Ticaret Anonim Sirketi
Turkey
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Personnel (Ukraine) Ltd
Ukraine
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ship Management Ltd.
United States
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services
Wilhelmsen Port Services AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Norway AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Algeria S.P.A.
Algeria
49.00%
*
Wilhelmsen Port Services (Australia) Pty Ltd
Australia
100.00%
WLB Shipping Pty. Ltd.
Australia
100.00%
WWHI Property Australia Pty Ltd
Australia
100.00%
Hunter Marine Holdings Pty Ltd
Australia
80.00%
Hunter Marine Surveyors Pty Ltd
Australia
80.00%
Cargomax Pty Ltd
Australia
80.00%
Almoayed Wilhelmsen Port Services (Ltd) W.L.L
Bahrain
40.00%
*
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025154
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Cont. Maritime Services
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Port Services cont.
Wilhelmsen Port Services Belgium N.V
Belgium
100.00%
Wilhlemsen Port Services Brasil LTDA
Brazil
100.00%
Scan Logistics Ltda
Brazil
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Bulgaria Ltd
Bulgaria
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Agencia Maritima S.A.
Chile
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Huayang Port Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
China
51.00%
Wilhelmsen Huayang Port Services (Beijing) Co., Ltd
China
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Egypt S.A.E
Egypt
49.00%
*
Scan Arabia Shipping Agencies S.A.E.
Egypt
49.00%
*
Barwil Arabia Shipping Agencies SAE
Egypt
24.50%
*
Wilhelmsen Port Services France SAS
France
100.00%
Auxiliaire Maritime SAS
France
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Products France SAS
France
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Georgia LLC
Georgia
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Germany GmbH
Germany
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Hamburg GmbH
Germany
100.00%
Wiltrans (Gibraltar) Limited
Gibraltar
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services (Gibraltar) Limited
Gibraltar
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Hellas S.M S.A.
Greece
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services India Private Limited
India
100.00%
Barwil For Maritime Services Co. Ltd.
Iraq
100.00%
Iraqi-Norwegian Co For Marine Navigation & Maritime Services Ltd
Iraq
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Japan Co., Ltd.
Japan
100.00%
Alghanim Wilhelmsen Shipping Co.W.L.L
Kuwait
49.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Holdings Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
100.00%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Port Services cont.
Wilhelmsen Port Services Malta Ltd
Malta
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service (Mozambique), Limitada
Mozambique
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services B.V.
Netherlands
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Limited
New Zealand
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services and Towell Co LLC
Oman
60.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services, S.A.
Panama
100.00%
Scan Cargo Services S.A.
Panama
100.00%
Lowill S.A.
Panama
100.00%
Transcanal Agency S.A.
Panama
100.00%
Intertransport Air Logistics, S.A.
Panama
100.00%
Wilhelmsen-Smith Bell Shipping, Inc.
Philippines
40.00%
*
Wilhelmsen-Smith Bell (Subic), Inc.
Philippines
50.00%
WPS Business Solutions Philippines Inc.
Philippines
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Sp. z o.o.
Poland
100.00%
Argomar - Navegacao e Transportes, S.A.
Portugal
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Portugal S.A.
Portugal
100.00%
Perez Torres Portugal Lda
Portugal
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Qatar Ltd.
Qatar
100.00%
*
Wilhelmsen Hyopwoon Port Services Ltd
Republic of Korea
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Romania S.R.L.
Romania
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Senegal SUARL
Senegal
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services (Japan) Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Global Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services (S) Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Hunter Marine Surveyors (S) Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Krew-Barwil (Pty) Ltd.
South Africa
49.00%
Barwil (South Africa) Pty Ltd
South Africa
100.00%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025155
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Cont. Maritime Services
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Port Services cont.
Wilhelmsen Port Services South Africa (Pty) Ltd
South Africa
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Service Canarias SA
Spain
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Spain S.L
Spain
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Sweden AB
Sweden
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services (Taiwan) Inc.
Taiwan
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services (Thailand) Ltd.
Thailand
49.00%
*
Wilhelmsen Denizcilik Hizmetleri Ltd. Sti
Turkey
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Ukraine Ltd.
Ukraine
100.00%
Triangle Shipping Agencies LLC
United Arab Emirates
49.00%
*
Barwil Abu Dhabi Ruweis LLC
United Arab Emirates
51.00%
*
Wilhelmsen WPS Dubai Port Services LLC
United Arab Emirates
49.00%
*
Wilhelmsen Port Services LLC - Fujairah
United Arab Emirates
41.65%
*
Wilhelmsen Port Services LLC
United Arab Emirates
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services, Inc.
United States
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services Company Limited
Vietnam
51.00%
*
Triangle Shipping Company Limited
Vietnam
51.00%
*
Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Wilhelmsen Ships Service AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Products Contracting AS
Norway
100.00%
Pelagus 3D AS
Norway
50.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Argentina S.A.
Argentina
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Products Pty Ltd
Australia
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service do Brasil Ltda.
Brazil
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Bulgaria Ltd
Bulgaria
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Inc (Canada)
Canada
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service (Chile) S.p.A.
Chile
100.00%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Ships Service cont.
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Co., Ltd. (China)
China
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Cyprus Ltd
Cyprus
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service A/S
Denmark
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service LLC - Free Zone
Egypt
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Oy Ab
Finland
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service GmbH
Germany
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Hellas Sole-Shareholder S.A.
Greece
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Marine Products India Private Limited
India
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service S.p.A.
Italy
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Co. Ltd (Japan)
Japan
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Trading Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
100.00%
Unitor De Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Port Services (Myanmar) Limited
Myanmar
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service B.V.
Netherlands
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Limited (New Zealand)
New Zealand
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service, S.A.
Panama
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Philippines Inc
Philippines
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Polska Sp. z o.o.
Poland
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Co., Ltd
Republic of Korea
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service (S) Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Unitor Cylinder Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100.00%
Pelagus 3D Pte Ltd
Singapore
50.00%
Timm Slovakia s.r.o
Slovakia
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service (Pty) Ltd.
South Africa
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Spain S.A.
Spain
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service AB
Sweden
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Lojistik Hizmetleri Ticaret Ltd. Sti
Turkey
100.00%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025156
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Cont. Maritime Services
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Wilhelmsen Ships Service cont.
Wilhelmsen Ships Service AS - Dubai Branch
United Arab Emirates
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service (L.L.C.)
United Arab Emirates
49.00%
*
Wilhelmsen Marine Products LLC – Abu Dhabi
United Arab Emirates
49.00%
*
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Limited (United Kingdom)
United Kingdom
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Inc. (USA)
United States
100.00%
Unitor Holding Inc.
United States
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Global Business Services
Wilhelmsen Global Business Services AS
Norway
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Global Business Services Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
100.00%
Wilhelmsen Business Service Center Sp z o.o.
Poland
100.00%
* additional profit share agreement
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025157
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
New Energy
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway
Wilhelmsen New Energy AS, Norway
NorSea Group AS, Norway
99.38%
Raa Investment AS, Norway
35.61%
RaaLabs AS, Norway 74.25%
Topeka Holding AS, Norway
Massterly AS, Norway 50%
Reach Subsea ASA, Norway
29.58%
Edda Wind ASA, Norway 37.76%
For full group company list sorted
by business unit see below.
Topeka Hagland Greenbulk AS,
Norway 50%
Topeka MPC Maritime AS, Norway
50%
Unless otherwise stated, the company is owned 100%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Technology and Decarbonisation
Wilhelmsen New Energy AS
Norway
100.00%
Massterly AS
Norway
50.00%
Raa Investment AS
Norway
35.61%
Reach Subsea ASA
Norway
29.58%
Raa Labs AS
Norway
74.25%
Topeka Holding AS
Norway
100.00%
Topeka MPC Maritime AS
Norway
50.00%
Topeka Hagland Greenbulk AS
Norway
50.00%
Energy Infrastructure
NorSea Group AS
Norway
99.38%
NorSea Property AS
Norway
100.00%
NorSea Logistics AS
Norway
100.00%
Konciv AS
Norway
38.19%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Energy Infrastructure cont.
Vestbase Eiendom AS
Norway
100.00%
Polarbase Eiendom AS
Norway
97.97%
NorSea Eiendom Dusavik AS
Norway
100.00%
NorSea Polarbase AS
Norway
94.55%
KS Coast Center Base
Norway
50.00%
NorSea Eiendom Tananger AS
Norway
100.00%
NSG Maritime AS
Norway
85.00%
Coast Center Base AS
Norway
50.00%
NorSea Norbase AS
Norway
78.95%
Vikan Næringspark Invest AS
Norway
100.00%
NorSea Atlantic AS
Norway
100.00%
Orvikan Eiendom AS
Norway
100.00%
Strandparken Holding AS
Norway
32.19%
K2 Stavanger AS
Norway
30.00%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025158
Content    Introduction    Business and performance    Sustainability statement     Financial statements    Corporate governance report     Group structure
Cont. New Energy
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Energy Infrastructure cont.
Polar Lift AS
Norway
47.57%
NorSea Tananger 107 AS
Norway
100.00%
Tananger Eiendom AS
Norway
100.00%
Risavika Eiendom AS
Norway
42.00%
Sørsea AS
Norway
50.00%
Risavika Havnering 14 AS
Norway
100.00%
Maritime Waste Management AS
Norway
100.00%
Love Miljøbase AS
Norway
33.33%
Westport AS
Norway
66.67%
CCB Subsea AS
Norway
42.50%
CCB Energy Holding AS
Norway
50.00%
Elevon AS
Norway
100.00%
Norbase Logistikk AS
Norway
78.95%
NorSea Impact AS
Norway
100.00%
NorSea Industrial Holdings AS
Norway
100.00%
WindWorks Infrastructure AS
Norway
41.87%
Energy Innovation Holding AS
Norway
50.00%
AM North AS
Norway
31.71%
Finnestadjordet 12 AS
Norway
100.00%
Tangen 7 Eiendom AS
Norway
100.00%
Tangen 7 AS
Norway
100.00%
Narvikeiendommen AS
Norway
78.95%
RTN AS
Norway
100.00%
Eldøyane Næringspark AS
Norway
50.00%
Sirevåg Laks AS
Norway
50.00%
Westport Moss AS
Norway
44.00%
ZiNor Holding AS
Norway
50.00%
Company name
Country
Ownership %
Energy Infrastructure cont.
Dusavik Holding AS
Norway
45.00%
Risavika Havnering Holding AS
Norway
38.00%
Ekofiskveien 15 AS
Norway
100.00%
WilNor Govermental Services AS
Norway
100.00%
Olavsvern Group AS
Norway
66.00%
NorSea Denmark A/S
Denmark
100.00%
NorSea Denmark Property A/S
Denmark
100.00%
Elevon AB
Sweden
100.00%
NorSea UK Ltd
United Kingdom
100.00%
NorSea 123 Ltd
United Kingdom
100.00%
Offshore Wind
NorSea Wind Holding AS
Norway
100.00%
Edda Wind ASA
Norway
37.76%
NSG Wind A/S
Denmark
100.00%
NorSea Wind A/S
Denmark
100.00%
NorSea Wind GmBH
Germany
100.00%
NorSea Wind BV
Netherlands
100.00%
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual report 2025159
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Phone: (+47) 67 58 40 00
Postal address:
PO Box 33, NO-1324
Lysaker, Norway
Visiting address:
Strandveien 20, NO-1366
Lysaker, Norway
Follow us on LinkedIn | Instagram
Photos: Hans Fredrik Asbjørnsen